JP6732973B2 - Information providing system and information providing method using physical medium - Google Patents

Description

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention uses a physical medium that provides predetermined information by using various physical media having an article property (property as an article) or an object property (property as an object) such as a product or an advertisement paper medium. The present invention relates to an information providing system and an information providing method.

[NFC]
In recent years, a technology based on an international standard called NFC (Near Field Communication) (hereinafter, simply referred to as “NFC”) has been proposed and applied as a kind of short-distance wireless communication technology. Since this NFC has the upper equivalence of non-contact IC cards and allows devices equipped with the NFC to bidirectionally communicate with each other, it is expected to be used in various fields.

[Invention using NFC]
As an invention relating to a network (communication network) using NFC, for example, the invention described in Patent Document 1 or Patent Document 2 is proposed. The invention of Patent Document 1 relates to Internet shopping in which the recipient selects a product, and an object thereof is to prevent the recipient from knowing the gift amount specified by the sender as the amount of the gift (abstract). reference). Specifically, according to the invention of Patent Document 1, for example, by displaying an amount code (not an amount display) corresponding to the amount of gifts on a gift card, the gift card recipient is presented with the gift item. While the amount of money is hidden and not displayed directly, the recipient enters the amount code into a terminal such as a smartphone to display the product group in the price range corresponding to the amount code on the terminal and receive it. A person is allowed to select a desired product from the product group (see FIG. 8 and paragraph 0075). In addition, this gift card may have an NFC tag embedded therein, and the recipient may read the NFC tag on the terminal to display a home page for inputting the amount code on the recipient's terminal (see FIG. 10 and paragraph 0083). ).

Further, the invention of Patent Document 2 has an object to input/output information obtained from the real world such as an actual product to/from a social media by a simple operation. Specifically, in the invention of Patent Document 2, when the user holds the information terminal over the NFC tag, the NFC application reads the information from the NFC tag via the NFC reader, and the user's interest in the product and Display product pages for propagating interests within social networks. This allows the user to propagate the interest or interest shown for the product 101 to the community on the social network using the information extracted from the real world (above, summary, and FIG. 1 and paragraphs). 0052). Specifically, in the invention of Patent Document 2, the NFC tag stores information about the product in the storage unit (paragraph 0045), and when the information of the NFC tag is read by the information terminal, the information terminal performs a predetermined process. To do so (paragraph 0051).

JP, 2005-158784, A JP, 2014-092934, A

[Limitations of invention using NFC]
However, in the invention of Patent Document 1, as the information to be stored in the NFC, an amount code corresponding to the gift amount of a specific gift card is input (although the specific content is not clear from the description of FIG. 10 and paragraph 0083). It can be inferred as information for the terminal to automatically access the home page (for example, a program that automatically executes such processing by using the NFC reading operation as an event). Then, the invention of Patent Document 1 displays predetermined content (in the case of Patent Document 1, it is presumed that it is a home page having an input form for inputting an amount code) on the terminal by reading NFC. The processing intended by the invention of Patent Document 1 is completed at this point. Further, in the invention of Patent Document 2, the information stored in the NFC is information for causing the information terminal to execute some processing regarding the product (although the specific content is not clear from the description of FIG. 1 and paragraph 0045 and the like). Can be inferred. Then, the invention of Patent Document 2 causes the information terminal to execute a predetermined process by reading the NFC, but the process intended by the invention of Patent Document 2 is also completed at this point.

As described above, the invention using the conventional NFC is based on the predetermined information stored in the NFC, and the predetermined processing corresponding to the NFC reading operation as the starting point (event) (the invention of Patent Document 1 and the Patent Document 2). In the invention, the display processing on the terminal is simply executed.

[Concept of new technology using NFC]
Then, the present inventor wondered whether it is possible to construct an information network of a new idea from the viewpoint different from the conventional information network by using the NFC, which has been attracting a lot of attention in recent years. Through repeated research and development, some ideas regarding the present invention were obtained.

[Bookmark function]
On the other hand, as one function of a web browser for browsing web sites on the Internet, there is a function called a bookmark (hereinafter, simply referred to as "bookmark function"). This bookmark function registers the URL of a particular web page of any website accessed by the web browser in the web browser, and thereafter, the bookmark URL (correctly, it corresponds to the URL You can instantly access the web page by simply clicking on the top page of the website. With this bookmark function, users of web browsers can collect websites that they want to revisit and, if necessary, can instantly access the desired web page of any website and browse the content. It will be easier.

As described above, the conventional bookmark function exists only as a website virtually provided on the Internet (for example, a website of an online shop that is a virtual store on the Internet or a virtual website provided on the Internet). It is a technology that facilitates access to the website of the manufacturer of the specified product).

[New technology by integrating ID technology such as NFC and bookmark function]
Here, the present inventor uses the conventional bookmark function as a physical entity as a physical entity rather than a virtual entity, for example, a specific product itself that the user is interested in, or a specific physical store where the user is interested. I thought that it could be related to tangible things such as etc., and repeated research and development on technology that enables such things. On the other hand, the present inventor thinks that the conventional idea of the bookmark function can be applied for the construction of the information network of the novel idea using the above NFC, and a technique that enables such a thing. Repeated research and development. As a result, the present inventor has conceived an information providing system using the physical medium according to the present invention.

[New Problem of Invention]
Therefore, the present invention utilizes various physical media having an article property (property as an article) or an object property (property as an object) such as a product, and uses information unique to the physical medium (hereinafter, “physical medium”). Unique information”), information related to the physical medium (hereinafter referred to as “physical medium related information”), and geographical information or location information that is irrelevant to the physical medium but in which the physical medium is located. Providing various types of predetermined information (hereinafter referred to as "physical medium linking information") that can be linked to a physical medium, such as unique information or related information (hereinafter referred to as "physical medium position information"). By doing so, it is possible to build an information system or information network centered on a physical medium, and also to build a useful information providing service that makes use of the physicality or physicality of the physical medium. An object is to provide a providing system and an information providing method.

Further, according to the present invention, when an object at an arbitrary place in the physical world is actually experienced, by simply recording the ID (local ID or node ID) of the object on the spot, the information of the object can be changed to another one. An object is to provide an information providing system and an information providing method using a physical medium that can be surely and effectively called and confirmed even when a considerable amount of time has passed at a place.

Further, the present invention assigns a node corresponding to an arbitrary object in the physical world, links the nodes with an edge, and assigns an arbitrary attribute to each of the node and the edge, thereby providing a subject and a predicate. An object is to provide an information providing system and an information providing method using a physical medium in which a data structure having a structure corresponding to an expression composed of an object and can be composed of two nodes and an edge.

To solve the above problem, the information providing system according to a first aspect of the present invention is the one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, the unique identifier for identifying the object A local ID issuing means for causing a computer to realize a function of allocating and issuing a local ID for each object, and a local ID issued for each object are associated with a URI of attribute information unique to the object and stored in a database. A first storage unit that stores the external URI, which is a URI related to an external system, in the database as the URI, and stores the information in the database. Second storage function of storing the local ID of the object in the database in association with the information viewer when the local ID of the object is read by the ID reader of the information viewer terminal which is a computer device for And a link to the URI for each of the local IDs based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, and the information viewer can read the ID reading means. A first display unit that causes a computer to realize a first display function of displaying the title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the computer on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer; By selecting and executing the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal, a second display function that causes the computer to realize a second display function of displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal is executed. Display means.
The information providing system according to the second aspect of the present invention uses a local ID that is one type of ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes and is a unique identifier for identifying the object. A local ID issuing means for causing a computer to realize a function of allocating and issuing each object, and a local ID issued for each object is stored in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object. A first storage unit that realizes a storage function in a computer and an information viewer unique to the information viewer when the information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for information viewing, first accesses the database. A guest key storage unit that allows a computer to realize a guest key storage function of assigning a guest key and associating the guest key with the information viewer and storing the guest key in the database, and an information viewer associated with the guest key, When the local ID of the object is read by the ID reading unit of the information browsing terminal, the local ID is referred to the guest key of the information browsing person, is associated with the information browsing person, and is stored in the database. Second storage means for causing a computer to realize a second storage function for storing, and a link to the URI for each local ID based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, and information A first display unit that causes a computer to realize a first display function of displaying a title associated with a URI associated with a local ID read by the reader by the ID reading unit on an information viewer terminal of the information viewer; When the information viewer selects and executes the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal, a second display function for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal is provided. A second display unit realized by a computer.
Further, the information providing system according to the third aspect of the present invention uses a local ID that is one type of ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes and is a unique identifier for identifying the object. A local ID issuing means for causing a computer to realize a function of allocating and issuing each object, and a local ID issued for each object is stored in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object. A first storage unit that realizes a storage function in a computer, and an information viewer first reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading unit of an information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for information viewing, and first reads it in the database. When accessing and logging in, the first table unique to the information viewer is created, and the local ID is stored in the first table, and the information viewer stores the database in the database after the second time. When accessing and logging in, the local ID stored in the first table unique to the information viewer is stored in the first table as an owner ID unique to the information viewer, and the information browsing is performed. The identification means that causes the computer to realize an identification function that uniquely identifies the person as the owner, and the information viewer in which the first table is created uses the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal to identify the local ID of the object. When read, a second storage unit that associates the local ID with the information viewer to realize a second storage function of storing in the database, and the local ID stored in the database, and Based on the URI, a link to the URI is given to each of the local IDs, and the title of the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reader is associated with the information viewer of the information viewer. First display means for causing a computer to realize the first display function to be displayed on the terminal, and the information viewer selecting and executing a link of the URI of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal, whereby the information is displayed. The viewer terminal is provided with a second display unit that causes a computer to realize a second display function of displaying attribute information unique to the object.

The information providing method according to the first aspect of the present invention uses a local ID that is a unique identifier for identifying the objects, which is one kind of ID assigned to a plurality of kinds of objects having different attributes. , A local ID issuing procedure that causes a computer to execute a process of assigning and issuing each object, and storing the local ID issued for each object in a database in association with the URI of attribute information unique to the object, As a URI, a first storage procedure that causes a computer to execute a first storage process that stores at least an external URI that is a URI related to an external system in the database, and an information viewer uses a computer device for information viewing. When the local ID of the object is read by the ID reading means of a certain information viewer terminal, the computer is made to execute the second storage process of storing the local ID in the database by associating the local ID with the information viewer. Based on the second storage procedure and the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is added to each local ID, and the local ID read by the information reader by the information reader is added to the local ID. A first display procedure for causing a computer to execute a first display process of displaying a title related to the associated URI on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer, and the information viewer is displayed on the information viewer terminal. A second display procedure for causing a computer to execute a second display process of displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal by selectively executing the URI link of the object.
The information providing method according to the second aspect of the present invention uses a local ID that is one type of ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes and that is a unique identifier for identifying the object. , A local ID issuing procedure for causing a computer to execute a process of assigning and issuing each of the objects, and storing a local ID issued for each of the objects in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object. A first storage procedure that causes a computer to execute a storage process, and an information viewer is unique to the information viewer when the information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for information viewing, first accesses the database. A guest key storage procedure that causes a computer to execute a guest key storage process of assigning a guest key and associating the guest key with the information viewer and storing the guest key in the database, and an information viewer associated with the guest key, When the local ID of the object is read by the ID reading unit of the information browsing terminal, the local ID is referred to the guest key of the information browsing person, is associated with the information browsing person, and is stored in the database. A second storage procedure that causes a computer to execute a second storage process for storing, and a link to the URI for each local ID based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, and information A first display procedure for causing a computer to execute a first display process of displaying a title related to a URI associated with a local ID read by the reader by the ID reading unit on an information viewer terminal of the information viewer; A second display process for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal by the information viewer selecting and executing the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal A second display procedure to be executed by the computer.
The information providing method according to the third aspect of the present invention uses a local ID that is one type of ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes and is a unique identifier for identifying the object. , A local ID issuing procedure for causing a computer to execute a process of assigning and issuing each of the objects, and storing a local ID issued for each of the objects in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object. A first storing procedure for causing a computer to execute a storing process, and an information viewer reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of an information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for information viewing, and first reads it in the database. When accessing and logging in, the first table unique to the information viewer is created, and the local ID is stored in the first table, and the information viewer stores the database in the database after the second time. When accessing and logging in, the local ID stored in the first table unique to the information viewer is stored in the first table as an owner ID unique to the information viewer, and the information browsing is performed. An identification procedure for causing a computer to execute an identification process for uniquely identifying a person as an owner, and an information reader in which the first table is created, uses the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal to identify the local ID of the object. When read, a second storage procedure that causes the computer to execute a second storage process of storing the local ID in the database by associating the local ID with the information viewer, and the local ID stored in the database and Based on the URI, a link to the URI is given to each of the local IDs, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reader is set as the information viewer of the information viewer. A first display procedure that causes a computer to execute a first display process to be displayed on a terminal, and the information viewer selects and executes a URI link of an object displayed on the information viewer terminal to thereby obtain the information. A second display procedure for causing the computer to execute second display processing for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the viewer terminal.

The information providing system using the physical medium according to the present invention can be understood as the following inventions.
That is, first, the information providing system using the physical medium according to the present invention makes it possible to externally read a local ID, which is a unique identifier for identifying a specific object belonging to a specific location, to the specific object. ID assigning means for causing a computer to implement the assigning ID assigning function,
A computer realizes a main information storage function of storing main information, which is information specific to a specific object belonging to the specific location, in the main information storage area of the database in association with the local ID given to the specific object. Main information storage means,
When the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reader of the information browsing terminal which is a computer device for browsing information, the local ID is associated with the user ID of the user of the information browsing terminal. A browsing management unit that causes a computer to realize a browsing history storage function of storing the browsing history storage area of the database;
Browsing time that causes a computer to realize a browsing time storage function of storing the browsing time, which is the time when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of the specific object, in the browsing history storage area of the database in association with the local ID. Storage means,
Geographic/address information storage means for causing a computer to realize a geographic/address information storage function of storing geographic information or address information of the specific object in the main information storage area of the database in association with the local ID of the specific object. ,
Based on the local ID and the browsing time stored in the browsing history storage area and the main information stored in the main information storage area, the title of the specific object related to the local ID in time series based on the browsing time. Is displayed on the information viewer terminal, and the computer is made to realize a time-series display function of attaching a link to a web page having the main information of the specific object as content to the title of the specific object. Time series display means,
A main information display function for displaying a web page having the main information of the specific object as the content on the information viewer terminal by selecting and executing the link of the title of the specific object displayed on the information viewer terminal And a main information display unit that causes a computer to realize.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing method using a physical medium according to the present invention,
An ID assigning procedure for causing a computer to execute an ID assigning process for assigning a local ID, which is a unique identifier for identifying a specific object belonging to a specific location, to the specific object in a readable manner from the outside;
Causes a computer to execute main information storage processing for storing main information, which is information unique to a specific object belonging to the specific location, in the main information storage area of the database in association with the local ID given to the specific object. Main information storage procedure,
When the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reader of the information browsing terminal which is a computer device for browsing information, the local ID is associated with the user ID of the user of the information browsing terminal. And a browse management procedure for causing a computer to execute a browse history storage process of storing in the browse history storage area of the database,
Browsing time that causes the computer to execute a browsing time storage process of storing the browsing time, which is the time when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of the specific object, in the browsing history storage area of the database in association with the local ID. Storage procedure,
A geographic/address information storing procedure for causing a computer to realize a geographic/address information storing process of storing geographic information or address information of the specific object in a main information storage area of the database in association with a local ID of the specific object. ,
Based on the local ID and the browsing time stored in the browsing history storage area and the main information stored in the main information storage area, the title of the specific object related to the local ID in time series based on the browsing time. Is displayed on the information viewer terminal, and the computer is made to realize a time-series display process for attaching a link to a web page having the main information of the specific object as content to the title of the specific object. Time series display procedure,
Main information display processing for displaying, on the information viewer terminal, a web page whose main information is the main information of the particular object by selecting and executing a link of the title of the particular object displayed on the information viewer terminal And a main information display procedure for making a computer realize the above.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing system using a physical medium according to the present invention,
ID assigning means for causing a computer to realize an ID assigning function of assigning a local ID, which is a unique identifier for identifying a specific object belonging to a specific location, to the specific object in a readable manner from the outside.
Main information storage means for causing a computer to realize a main information storage function of storing main information, which is information unique to a specific object belonging to the specific location, in a database in association with the local ID given to the specific object; ,
Sub information storage means for causing a computer to realize a sub information storage function of linking sub information, which is information related to the specific object, to main information related to the specific object, and storing the sub information in the database.
When the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reading means of the information browsing terminal which is a computer device for browsing information, the information browsing terminal accesses the main information of the specific object. And main information output means for causing a computer to realize a main information output function of outputting the main information of the specific object to the information viewer terminal in a viewable/audible manner.
Access time when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of the specific object and accesses the main information of the specific object, and stores the access time in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object. An access time storage means for making a computer realize the storage function,
Geographic/address information storage means for causing a computer to realize a geographic/address information storage function of storing geographic information or address information of the specific object in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object,
The main information output means reads the main information of the specific object when the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal which is a computer device for information browsing. And outputs the subordinate information associated with the main information and access history information relating to access from the information browsing terminal to the main information to the main information. It is characterized by outputting in a viewable/listenable manner.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing method using a physical medium according to the present invention,
An ID assigning procedure for causing a computer to execute an ID assigning process for assigning a local ID, which is a unique identifier for identifying a specific object belonging to a specific location, to the specific object in a readable manner from the outside;
A main information storing procedure for causing a computer to execute main information storing processing for storing main information, which is information unique to a specific object belonging to the specific place, in a database in association with the local ID given to the specific object; ,
Sub-information storage procedure that causes a computer to execute sub-information storage processing of linking sub-information, which is information related to the specific object, to main information related to the specific object and storing the sub-information in the database,
When the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reading means of the information browsing terminal which is a computer device for browsing information, the information browsing terminal accesses the main information of the specific object. A main information output procedure for causing a computer to execute a main information output process of outputting the main information of the specific object to the information viewer terminal in a viewable/audible manner;
Access time when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of the specific object and accesses the main information of the specific object, and stores the access time in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object. An access time storage procedure that causes the computer to execute the storage process,
A geographic/address information storage procedure for causing a computer to execute geographic/address information storage processing of storing geographic information or address information of the specific object in the database in association with a local ID of the specific object.
In the main information output procedure, when the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reading unit of the information viewer terminal which is a computer device for information browsing, the main information of the specific object is browsed. And outputs the subordinate information associated with the main information and access history information relating to access from the information browsing terminal to the main information to the main information. It is characterized by outputting in a viewable/listenable manner.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing system using a physical medium according to the present invention,
An ID storage medium for storing a unique ID for identifying an object,
The user reads the ID storage medium at the place where the ID storage medium physically exists by the terminal device having the function of reading the ID of the ID storage medium, so that the ID of one object is stored in the predetermined storage means. ID recording means for causing a computer to realize a recording function,
The user reads the ID of the one object and the other ID by reading the other ID storage medium that stores the ID of the other object to which the ID different from the ID of the one object is assigned from the terminal device. Edge storage means for causing a computer to realize a function of storing edge information forming a link with an object ID in the storage means.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing method using a physical medium according to the present invention,
Use an ID storage medium that stores a unique ID that identifies the object,
The user reads the ID storage medium at the place where the ID storage medium physically exists by the terminal device having the function of reading the ID of the ID storage medium, so that the ID of one object is stored in the predetermined storage means. An ID recording procedure for causing a computer to execute a recording process,
The user reads the ID of the one object and the other ID by reading the other ID storage medium that stores the ID of the other object to which the ID different from the ID of the one object is assigned from the terminal device. An edge storing procedure for causing a computer to execute a process of storing the edge information forming a link with the ID of the object in the storage means.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing system using a physical medium according to the present invention,
Node storage means for causing a computer to realize a function of storing node information including a unique node ID for identifying an object in a predetermined storage means;
Edge storage means for causing a computer to realize a function of storing edge information forming a link between one node information stored in the storage means and another node information,
The node information has different types of attribute information,
The edge information has different types of attribute information,
One of the one node information and the other one node information is set as first information corresponding to a subject in an expression composed of a subject, a predicate, and an object, and the one node information and the other one. The other of the node information of No. 2 as the second information corresponding to the object in the data expression, and the edge information forming a link between the one node information and another node information ID, As the third information corresponding to the predicate in the data expression, the first information, the second information, and the third information form a data structure having a structure corresponding to the data expression.

Further, in order to solve the above problems, an information providing method using a physical medium according to the present invention,
A node storing procedure for causing a computer to execute a process of storing node information including a unique node ID for identifying an object in a predetermined storage means;
An edge storage procedure for causing a computer to execute processing of storing edge information forming a link between one node information stored in the storage means and another node information,
The node information has different types of attribute information,
The edge information has different types of attribute information,
One of the one node information and the other one node information is set as first information corresponding to a subject in an expression composed of a subject, a predicate, and an object, and the one node information and the other one. The other of the node information of No. 2 as the second information corresponding to the object in the data expression, and the edge information forming a link between the one node information and another node information ID, As the third information corresponding to the predicate in the data expression, the first information, the second information, and the third information form a data structure having a structure corresponding to the data expression.

According to the information providing system and the information providing method using the physical medium according to the present invention, the physical medium unique information unique to the physical medium is obtained by using various physical media having the product property or the physical property such as goods. The information system and information network centered on the physical medium, which is composed of the location/object-specific information of the location and the location/object-related information as the physical medium-related information related to the physical medium, and the physical property of the physical medium. It is possible to build a useful information providing service that utilizes the physical properties of objects.

FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, the overall configuration of an information providing system using a physical medium according to Embodiment 1 (which embodies the invention of the first aspect) of the present invention. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, a detailed configuration of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the “user registration page” (usable in the main user system and the sub user system) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Is. FIG. 4 illustrates the information transfer operation between the main user system and the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and the elements related to the information transfer operation. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the “main information registration page” (usable in the main user system) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 shows an example of the configuration of the “main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page” (corresponding to the main information registration page in FIG. 5) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps in the process for the main user of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps of the URL issuing process following the process for the main user of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 9 illustrates the information exchange operation between the sub-user system and the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and the elements related to the information exchange operation. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 10 is a sub-information registration page (detail registration) as a first example of the sub-information registration page (usable in the sub-user system) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of “version”). FIG. 11 shows an example of the configuration of the “subordinate information confirmation page (detailed registration version)” (corresponding to the subordinate information registration page of FIG. 10) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of a “slave information confirmation page (simple registration version)” as a second example of the subsidiary information registration page of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps in the process for the sub-user of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps in the normal approval routine (as one step of the processing for the sub-user in FIG. 12) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. .. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps in the deletion approval routine (as one step of the process for the sub-user in FIG. 13) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. .. FIG. 16 illustrates the information exchange operation between the information viewer terminal and the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and the elements related to the information exchange operation. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 17 shows a configuration of a “guidance page (detailed version)” as a first example of a guidance page (usable by the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows an example. FIG. 18 shows a configuration of a “guidance page (simplified version)” as a second example of the guidance page (usable by the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows an example. FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram showing a first example of the bookmark display area in the “bookmark pane” of the browse page (usable in the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. An example of automatically displaying the location of a corresponding article when a specific bookmark is selected and executed. FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing a second example of the bookmark display area in the “bookmark pane” of the browsing page (usable in the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Is. FIG. 21 shows the internal structure of the bookmark display area of the second example in the “bookmark pane” of the browsing page (usable in the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is an explanatory view for explaining. FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing a third example of the bookmark display area in the “bookmark pane” of the browse page (usable in the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Is. FIG. 23 shows a bookmark display area for each date when the bookmark display area in the “bookmark pane” of the browse page (usable in the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention is displayed. It is explanatory drawing which shows the example in the case of displaying a browsing list automatically. FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps of the bookmark processing (BM processing) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 25 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, the detailed configuration of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 26 illustrates the information transfer operation between the main user system and the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention, and the elements related to the information transfer operation. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 27 illustrates the information transfer operation between the sub-user system and the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention, and the elements related to the information transfer operation. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 28 illustrates the information exchange operation between the information viewer terminal and the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention, and the elements related to the information exchange operation. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 29 is an example of a link structure (tree structure between a physical medium ID as a parent node and a URL as a child node) created by the information providing system using the physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is an explanatory view shown. FIG. 30 is an example of a link structure (a network structure between a physical medium ID as a main node and a URL as a slave node) created by the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. It is an explanatory view shown. FIG. 31 is a link strength in the link structure created by the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention (in the network structure between the physical medium ID as the main node and the URL as the slave node). It is an explanatory view for explaining link strength according to the number of links between main nodes). FIG. 32 shows another link structure (a network structure between a physical medium ID as a main node and a URL as a slave node) created by the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows an example. FIG. 33 is a link for constructing a link structure (network structure between a physical medium ID as a primary node and a URL as a secondary node) of an information providing system using a physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. It is an explanatory view for explaining a construction method (network construction method). FIG. 34 illustrates a specific example of links between nodes in the link structure (network structure) constructed by the link construction method (shown in FIG. 33) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. It is explanatory drawing for doing. FIG. 35 is a new node (URL node) that links with two existing nodes (NFC nodes) in the link structure (network structure) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a change in link strength between nodes when a is added. FIG. 36 shows two new nodes (URL nodes) that are respectively linked to two existing nodes (NFC nodes) in the link structure (network structure) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a change in link strength between nodes when a is added. FIG. 37 shows two existing nodes (URL nodes) linked to one existing node (NFC node) in the link structure (network structure) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the process at the time of deleting the link of one node (URL node) among them. FIG. 38 is a schematic block diagram showing a detailed configuration of another example of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention (in particular, another example of the system configuration relating to link strength). It is an explanatory view shown. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps in the link strength calculation processing by another example of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram showing a first example (link strength=2) of the link strength calculated by another example of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. .. 41 is an explanatory diagram showing a second example (link strength=1) of the link strength calculated by another example of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. .. FIG. 42 is an explanatory diagram showing a third example (link strength=0) of the link strength calculated by another example of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. .. 43 is an explanatory diagram showing a fourth example (link strength=0) of the link strength calculated by another example of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention. .. FIG. 44 is an explanatory diagram that schematically shows, by functional blocks, the overall configuration of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment (which embodies the invention of the second aspect) of the present invention. FIG. 45 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, the detailed configuration of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 46 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the “main information registration page” (usable in the main user system) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 47 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the “advertisement information registration page (detailed information registration version)” (available in the advertiser system) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. Is. FIG. 48 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the “guidance page (detailed version)” (usable by the information browsing terminal) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 49 is an explanatory diagram showing a first example (classification by behavior and context) of the data classification method of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. 50 is an explanatory diagram showing a second example (classification by situation) of the data classification method of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 51 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a bookmark browsing display screen according to a second example of the data classification method of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 52 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of an advertising medium sales screen for each period when the second example of the data classification method of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention is used. FIG. 53 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the relationship between an advertisement frame and an individual advertisement of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 54 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, the detailed configuration of the administrator system of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 55 is an explanatory view schematically showing an example of an outdoor signboard as a physical medium of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 56 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing an example of a signboard as a physical medium of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 57 is an explanatory view schematically showing an example of a display plate as a physical medium of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 58 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing an example of the advertising medium sales screen after the ID reading of the display plate of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 59 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, a first specific example (an online shop cooperative information providing system) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 60 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by function blocks, an administrator system of an information providing system using a physical medium according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 61 is an explanatory view schematically showing an example of assigning a physical ID of an information providing system (an online shop cooperation type information providing system) using a physical medium according to the first specific example of the eighth embodiment of the present invention. .. FIG. 62 is an explanatory view schematically showing an example of assigning a physical ID of an information providing system (information guide cooperation type information providing system) using a physical medium according to the second specific example of the eighth embodiment of the present invention. .. 63 is an explanatory view schematically showing bookmark processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 64 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a browsing process after bookmark registration of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 65 is an explanatory view schematically showing an example of a time-series display update process when browsing information related to a specific bookmark in the browsing process of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. is there. FIG. 66 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing by functional blocks the overall configuration of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 67 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by functional blocks, various processes (my memory process and memory service process) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 68 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing functional blocks of my memory processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 69 is an explanatory diagram that schematically shows, by functional blocks, the memory service processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 70 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing, by an ER diagram, a part of the data structure of the management database of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 71 is an explanatory diagram that schematically shows another part of the data structure of the management database of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, using an ER diagram. FIG. 72 is an explanatory view schematically showing the memory registration processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention by functional blocks and the like. FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram for schematically explaining the my memory process of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention by the process screen. FIG. 74 is an explanatory diagram for schematically explaining the memory service processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention by the processing screen. FIG. 75 is an explanatory diagram for schematically explaining the memory creation processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention by the processing screen. FIG. 76 is an explanatory diagram for schematically explaining the calendar process of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention by the process screen (by year). FIG. 77 is an explanatory diagram for schematically explaining the calendar processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention by the processing screen (by month). FIG. 78 is a flow chart showing a series of information processing steps of the process at the time of first reading of my memory in the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 79 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps of post-login processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 80 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps of my memory processing of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 81 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps of a memory service process (memory creation process) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 82 is a flowchart showing a series of information processing steps of a memory service process (memory management process) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 83 is a diagram for explaining an example of a case where a data structure is formed in the relation of subject/predicate/object in the link structure (network structure) of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG.

Hereinafter, modes for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter, referred to as embodiments) will be described. Throughout the embodiments, the same members, elements or portions are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Embodiment 1
[Overall system configuration and system target]
First, an overall configuration of an information providing system (hereinafter, simply referred to as “present information providing system”) using a physical medium according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the information providing system includes an administrator system (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “administrator SYS”) 100 and a main user system (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “main user SYS”). .) 200, a sub-user system (hereinafter, also referred to as “sub-user SYS”) 300, a physical medium providing area 400, an information browsing terminal 500, and a Web server 600.

Here, the administrator system 100 is a system owned and managed by an administrator (management company or the like) who manages the information providing system. The main user system 200 is a system owned and managed by the main user who is the main user of the information providing system. For example, typically, the ownership of an actual store that displays a specific actual product (hereinafter, may be referred to as “real product” in the sense of being virtually displayed on the Internet) The person in charge of the person or operator (hereinafter referred to as “store manager”) becomes the user of the main user system 200 (that is, the main user), but the content related to a specific product or a specific service (hereinafter referred to as “contents”). , Sometimes referred to as "articles." Owners and operators of installation locations (hereinafter referred to as "information installation locations") such as posters and leaflets, etc. where information printed materials are installed, such as real shops and houses. In some cases, the person in charge of the above (hereinafter referred to as “installation person”) becomes the user of the main user system 200 (that is, the main user). The subsidiary user system 300 is a system owned and managed by a subsidiary user who is a subsidiary user of the information providing system. For example, the same product or service (hereinafter, simply referred to as “same product”) as the product/service published in the article of the main user in the actual store or the information printed matter, and/or the related product/ The same product that has an address in the vicinity of a business owner (including virtual stores as well as real stores) of a store or the like that handles services (hereinafter simply referred to as "related products") or a main user's real store A business owner (including a virtual store as well as a real store) of a store or the like that provides a product or service associated with a related product becomes a user (that is, a sub-user) of the sub-user system 300. In addition, the physical medium providing place 400, in the case where the main user installs the information printed matter including the article in the actual store when the actual product is displayed in the actual store or the information installation place Is the information installation location. In addition, the information viewer terminal 500 is provided with information of the person who has actually come into contact with the actual product in the actual store of the main user (typically, the final consumer who purchases the actual product, etc.) and the main user. An information terminal device such as a smartphone owned by a person (typically, the final consumer who browsed the article of the information printed matter) who actually contacts the article of the information printed matter of the place, and those persons (hereinafter, It is an information terminal device that is simply used by an “information viewer”. Here, in the information providing system of the present invention, the main user, the sub-user, and the information viewer are, of course, not fixed to their respective roles, but can assume other roles, for example, A primary user related to specific primary information becomes a secondary user to primary users associated with other primary information, or a primary user associated with specific primary information displays secondary information related to that primary information. When it is owned by itself, it can be a secondary user with respect to its primary information, and the secondary user can be a primary user with respect to its primary information. Further, the information viewer can be a primary user or a secondary user as long as the information viewer has the primary information and the secondary information. Further, the main user system 200, the sub-user system 300, and the information viewer terminal 500 are still computer devices, and have different roles (the main user system 200 is the sub-user system 300). It is also possible to use as.

[Schematic configuration of system involved in information exchange]
The information providing system can be configured by a general client server system or a cloud computing system. More specifically, the information providing system includes the administrator system 100 as a service provider system (for example, a service provider system using IaaS, PaaS, SaaS, etc. in cloud computing, or a client/server system). Server system), and the main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300 are each a system on the service user side (for example, a cloud client as a service user side system in cloud computing, or a client/server system). Client device). The administrator system 100 is a system on the service provider side that has the management authority for the entire information providing system. The main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300 are systems on the service user side that are in charge of part of the information processing operation of the information providing system under the control of the manager system 100.

Specifically, the administrator system 100 includes hardware resources (CPU, ROM, RAM, HDD, network device, I/O, etc.) of computer devices and software resources (server 0S, middleware, DBMS, API). , Various applications on the server side), and realizes a unique function as the administrator system 100, as described later. The main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300 respectively have hardware resources (CPU, ROM, RAM, HDD, network device, I/O, etc.) and software resources (0S, browser) of the computer device. Various client-side applications, etc.) are used to realize the respective unique functions of the main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300, as will be described later. That is, the administrator system 100 and the main user system 200 and the sub user system 300 each utilize the hardware resources and software resources of the computer device to realize their own unique functions and to cooperate with each other. By operating, various function realizing means for realizing various functions of the information providing system described later are configured. The details of the administrator system 100 and the function realizing means of each of the primary user system 200 and the secondary user system 300 will be described later. In addition, typically, the administrator system 100 is configured by a computer device that functions as a so-called server device, and the main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300 are personal computer devices that respectively function as so-called client devices ( Hereinafter, it may be configured by a computer device such as “PC”), but may be configured by another type of computer device such as a mobile terminal device such as a tablet.

[Schematic configuration of devices involved in information browsing]
The information viewer terminal 500 is typically a computer device including a smartphone as a mobile terminal device, a tablet as a mobile terminal device, and the like, using predetermined hardware resources and software resources, The function as the information viewer terminal 500 described later is realized. The web server 600 is a computer device that realizes a known web server function by using predetermined hardware resources and software resources. Specifically, the information browsing terminal 500 constitutes a client-side system in the information providing system, like the main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300. On the other hand, a function for the main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300 to execute a process of exchanging information of a predetermined type (main information and sub-information described later) with the administrator system 100, respectively. On the other hand, the information browsing terminal 500 is configured to realize the function of browsing the content of a predetermined guide page via the Web server 600. Here, although details of the guide page will be described later, the guide page is based on the main information and the sub information stored by the main user system 200 and the sub user system 300 via the manager system 100. It is a web page created by processing the system 100 into a predetermined content, and is information that the administrator system 100 uploads and stores in a Web server. Further, the Web server 600 may be provided inside the administrator system as a part of the administrator system 100, for example, but may be provided outside the administrator system 100 to establish a network environment such as the administrator system 100 and the Internet. It can also be configured to be connected through and to transfer predetermined information. Note that in FIG. 1, the Web server 600 is illustrated as a system separate from the administrator system 100 for convenience of description, but in reality, as described above, the Web server 600 is provided inside the administrator system 100 or the administrator system 100. It is provided outside the system 100 so as to communicate with the administrator system 100, and exhibits a predetermined web server function under the control of the administrator system 100.

[Network configuration of this information provision system]
In the information providing system, network resources such as a mobile phone network and the Internet are made to cooperate with each other, so that the management system 100 and the main user system 200, and the management system 100 and the sub-user system 300 are connected to each other. The operation of exchanging the main information and the sub information is performed. Further, the information providing system cooperates with network resources such as a mobile phone network and the Internet to exchange information between the information viewer terminal 500 and the Web server 600 (that is, from the information viewer terminal 500). The request is transmitted to the Web server 600, and the information transmission/reception operation such as the transmission of the guide page from the Web server 600 to the information viewer terminal 500 corresponding to the request is executed. Typically, the main user system 200, the sub-user system 300, and the information browsing terminal 500 each have an Internet connection environment, and the administrator system 100 and the administrator system 100 via a network including the Internet by a browser. Information is exchanged with the Web server 600.

[Summary of this information provision system]
Explaining the gist of the information providing system, the information providing system includes an administrator system, and the administrator system includes information between a main user system, a sub-user system, and/or an information viewer terminal. Based on the transfer, the computer device or computer system is caused to execute the following first to twelfth processes/procedures (all or a part thereof is selected).
(1) A unique identifier for identifying a specific object belonging to a specific place is externally readable given to the specific object via an ID storage medium, and stored in a database. Process/procedure (ID assignment storage process/procedure).
(1-1) The identifier corresponds to an “article ID” described below, which includes an NFC-ID, a barcode, or the like, or corresponds to an ID corresponding to the article ID among “node IDs” described below. In the following description, this identifier is referred to as "local ID". The local ID as the identifier is typically given in response to a request from the owner (main user) of the target specific object.
(1-2) Further, the specific object is, for example, (a) an article for sale or a non-sale article such as a specific commodity that is displayed and arranged in a store located at a specific address. (B) An object for displaying information such as an installation such as a building located at a specific address, or a printed matter such as a poster provided on the installation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "information display"). Alternatively, a plurality of content display columns such as an advertisement display column (hereinafter, may be referred to as "information display column") provided in a manner of partitioning the information display object, or (c) a specific address or a specific address. An object for advertisement display such as an outdoor signboard or an indoor signboard (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "advertisement display object") located in a place, or a plurality of advertisement displays provided in a manner of partitioning the advertisement display object. Columns (hereinafter, may be referred to as “advertisement display columns”), and the like.
(1-3) Furthermore, the local ID is given to the object via a predetermined ID medium (that is, by storing or writing in the ID medium and storing it). For example, when the object is an article, it is given via a predetermined article ID medium. The predetermined ID medium is typically an NFC tag, a bar code (one-dimensional bar code or two-dimensional bar code), an RF-ID tag, or any other ID medium as long as the ID can be stored. ..
(2) A second process/procedure (main information storage process/procedure) in which main information, which is information unique to the specific place and/or the specific object, is stored in the database in association with the local ID of the object. ).
(2-1) The main information is attribute information of the specific object, and when the object is an article, article information of the specific article (when the article is a product, for example, a product of a specific product). Information) is the basic information. As the item information, for example, a combination of an item name of a specific item and its attribute (when the item is a product, for example, a product name and a brief description of the product, or a combination of a product name and a product price), etc. There is.
(3) Corresponding to the second processing/procedure, the main link information, which is the link information to the guide page that is the web page having the main information as content, is associated with the local ID of the object related to the main information. And a third process/procedure for storing in the database (main information link information storage process/procedure).
(4) By reading the local ID of the specific object by the ID reading means of a computer device for browsing information (hereinafter, also referred to as “information viewer terminal”), the main unit associated with the local ID is read. A fourth process/procedure for outputting the guide page of the main information, which is the link destination of the main link information, to the computer device for browsing information in a viewable/audible manner based on the link information (main information output process) /procedure).
(4-1) The guide page is typically a web page stored in a web server. In this case, the guide page is provided via a network typified by the Internet (via network communication). External information acquisition process). In the case of the external information acquisition processing via this network communication, the guide page is typically a computer device using the function of a web browser installed in a computer device such as a smartphone as a device for displaying the guide page. Can be displayed on the display device (display).
(4-2) Alternatively, the guide page may be provided by storing the main information in the ID medium together with the local ID of the object related to the main information. For example, the guide page stores the main information together with the local ID of the object related to the main information in the data storage area of the NFC tag as the ID medium, or the two-dimensional barcode as the ID medium. By writing in the data storage area, the data can be provided via the ID medium (internal information acquisition processing via the ID medium). In the case of the internal information acquisition process via this ID medium, the guide page uses the function of the web browser installed in the computer device that displays the guide page, as in the case of the external information acquisition process via network communication. , Can be displayed on the display device of the computer device.
(4-3) Further, the guide page may be a web page newly created when the main information is registered, or an existing web page that is used (or edited) as it is.
(4-4) Further, the main link information is typically a URL used as an identifier for uniquely identifying a web page, and is the URL given to the guide page (hereinafter referred to as the guide page. It may be referred to as “main URL” in the sense of a URL that uniquely identifies the main information to be posted), and may be configured as main link information using, for example, an HTML language hyperlink.
(5) Peculiar information acquired in response to browsing/listening to the guide page of the main information corresponding to the fourth processing/procedure (hereinafter, may be referred to as “browsing/listening information”). Is stored in the database in association with the local ID of a specific object relating to browsing/listening (browsing/listening information storage processing/procedure).
(5-1) As the browsing/listening information, the time when the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reading means is acquired as the browsing/listening time of the guide page of the main information about the object. Then, the 5-1st processing/procedure of storing in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object (browsing/listening time storage processing/procedure).
That is, since the browsing/listening time of the guide page substantially coincides with the reading time of the local ID, the reading/reading time of the local ID may be regarded as the reading time of the local ID of a specific object in the subsequent processing. it can.
(5-2) As the browsing/listening information, the number of times the guide page relating to the main information about the specific object is browsed/listened to in the fourth processing/procedure (that is, the number of times of access by the information processing terminal). 5-1) storing the access count information obtained by counting) in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object (access count information storage processing/procedure).
(5-3) Further, as the browsing/listening information, position information of the information browsing terminal when the information browsing terminal reads the local ID of the specific object in the fourth processing/procedure, A fifth processing/procedure (object position information) in which the position information of the specific object (hereinafter, also referred to as “object position information”) is stored in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object. Storage process/procedure).
The position information of the information processing terminal can be typically acquired by using a position information acquisition function such as GPS mounted on the information viewer terminal. In addition, since the position information of the information processing terminal when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of the specific object matches the position information of the specific object itself, the position of the specific object in the subsequent processing. It can be used as information (object position information).
(5-4) As the browsing/listening information, information identifying the information viewer terminal that browsed/listened to the guide page of the main information relating to a specific object in the fourth processing/procedure , Or “terminal identification information”), or information for identifying an information viewer who browses/listens to the guide page of the main information relating to a specific object in the fourth processing/procedure. , "Browser identification information") is stored in the database in association with the local ID of a specific object for browsing/listening/reading (browser/terminal identification information). Storage process/procedure).
The terminal identification information of the information viewer terminal is composed of the terminal ID transmitted from the information viewer terminal when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of the specific object. In this case, when the authority is required to acquire the terminal ID of the information viewer terminal, the administrator system is set to be able to provide the authority of the information viewer terminal so that the administrator system can communicate with the information viewer terminal. Sometimes, the terminal ID of the information viewer terminal can be acquired.
On the other hand, the user information is registered in advance by the information viewer as a user (member registration) in the administrator system, and is associated with his/her own member ID (user ID) to the administrator system (and usually associated with the user ID). By acquiring the password), when the information viewer terminal reads the local ID of a specific object, the user ID is transmitted from the information viewer terminal. In this case, even if the information viewer changes the information viewer terminal, the administrator system can identify the same information viewer by the user ID, and the information viewer can be identified by the same information viewer. Specific information (for example, bookmark information specific to a specific information viewer as described later) can be transmitted.
(6) A sixth process/procedure for storing, for each of the specific objects, slave information, which is information related to the main information of the specific object, in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object (slave). Information storage process/procedure).
The subsidiary information may be, for example, basic information in the product information of a complementary product of a specific product as a specific object or store information of a specific store that handles a specific product as a specific object. Of the specific product, for example, a complementary product name of a specific product, a store name of a store handling the specific product, and the like.
Further, the subsidiary information is typically linked to the corresponding main information in response to a request from a subsidiary user who owns the subsidiary information.
(7) Corresponding to the sixth process/procedure, the sub-link information that is the link information to the sub-information detail page that is the web page that has the detailed information about the sub-information as content is the object related to the main information. A seventh process/procedure of storing in the database in association with the local ID of the sub information (subordinate information link information storage process/procedure).
(7-1) The sub information detail page is a web page stored in a web server, and is provided via a network typified by the Internet. That is, the subsidiary information detail page is displayed on the display device (display) of the computer device using the function of the web browser installed in the computer device such as the smartphone.
(7-2) Further, the subsidiary information detail page may be a web page newly created at the time of registration of the subsidiary information, or may be a web page which is an existing web page as it is (or is edited).
(7-3) Further, the secondary link information is typically a URL that is an identifier for uniquely identifying the secondary information detail page as a web page (hereinafter referred to as a URL that uniquely identifies the secondary information. In a sense, it may be referred to as a “subordinate URL”), and for example, link information using a hyperlink in HTML language can be used.
(8) With respect to the specific object, it is determined whether or not the browsing/listening information exists by referring to the local ID, and if the browsing/listening information exists for the specific object, the fourth In the processing/procedure, the access count information as viewing/listening information of the main information is browsed on the information viewer terminal together with the main information of the particular object based on the local ID of the particular object. /Eighth process/procedure for outputting in an audible manner (access count information output process/procedure).
(9) Based on the local ID of the specific object, it is determined whether or not the secondary information associated with the primary information of the specific object exists, and the secondary information associated with the primary information of the specific object is If there is, in the fourth processing/procedure, based on the local ID of the specific object, the secondary information associated with the primary information of the specific object is added together with the primary information related to the specific object, Ninth process/procedure (slave information output process/procedure) for outputting to the information viewer terminal in a viewable/audible manner.
(10) When the guide page of the main information relating to the specific object is output to the information viewer terminal in the fourth process/procedure, at least the main page to the guide page is displayed for the information viewer terminal. A bookmark means for realizing a management function of bookmark information including link information is provided, and the information viewer terminal identifies a specific object related to the main information of any guide page browsed/listened in the past as the specific object. Tenth process/procedure (bookmark function providing process/procedure) that enables bookmarking based on the local ID of the object.
(10-1) The bookmark means can be embodied as a GUI having a basic configuration similar to that of a bookmark manager implemented as a function of a general web browser. Here, the bookmark manager of the conventional web browser is configured to store the URL of a specific web page desired by the user, typically by linking it to the title of the web page, and selecting and executing the title ( The web page can be accessed via the URL by clicking on the URL. That is, the bookmark manager of the conventional web browser makes it possible to quickly access a specific web page by bookmarking it (by bookmarking it).
On the other hand, the bookmark means of the present invention is not mainly intended to access the guide page as a web page (although, of course, a function of accessing the guide page is usually provided), but is related to the main information of the guide page. By adding a bookmark to a specific item (by bookmarking it), the main information of the specific item (or representative information of the main information, hereinafter may be referred to as "representative main information"). It is characterized by being configured to allow quick access to. Therefore, the bookmark means uses the main URL as the main link information of the guide page of the main information of the specific item to be bookmarked, the title (typically, the product name or the item) that is the representative main information of the specific item. Object name such as name) is linked and memorized, and this enables quick access to the guide page (until this time, it is the same function as a normal bookmark manager), but other than this function In addition, based on the local ID of the specific item, the position information and the time information of the browsing/listening information can be referred to as the representative main information of the specific item, and a specific function can be exerted. It is composed. Specifically, on the interface (bookmark screen) of the bookmark means, when displaying a list of specific bookmarked items, the time information is referred to so that the items are displayed in chronological order or the location of the specific item is displayed. Can be configured to display location information (as address information or map information).
(10-2) Since the bookmark function of the guide page is similar to the bookmark function of the normal web page in the bookmark means, the browser function (book manager function) of the information viewer terminal can be used. However, for object bookmarks, it can provide the function as a browser plug-in. Alternatively, it is realized by using the function by client side script or server side script, or the function such as the dedicated application or plug-in provided by the administrator system, the function to save and delete bookmarks, the function to display the list of saved bookmarks Provide each function such as access function by bookmark. For example, it can be implemented as a part of the function of the guide page.
Further, by making the guide page of the specific object accessible via the bookmark, the location of the specific object related to the guide page and the time when the local ID of the object is actually read can be acquired. That is, instead of just bookmarking a virtual guide page of a virtual existence on the web like a normal web page, a bookmark is attached to a specific object itself of a real existence in a physical medium providing place outside the web. By doing so, it is possible to acquire information on the location and access time, which is information on the object itself.
(10-3) In the tenth process/procedure, when the information viewer terminal bookmarks a specific object related to a guide page of specific main information by the bookmark management unit, the information related to the specific object Eleventh process/procedure (bookmark title storage procedure) for storing the bookmark title of the guide page in the database in association with the local ID of the specific object.
The title for the bookmark is, for example, an icon (Favicon) for linking to the guide page, a page title, or the like, which is a title used in the bookmark, and is typically a page title described in a title element. However, in addition to this, a word or word described by any element can be used as the title. Hereinafter, this title may be referred to as a "bookmark title".
(10-4) In the tenth process/procedure, the bookmark unit can be mounted on a predetermined browsing web page (hereinafter, referred to as “browsing page”). That is, the bookmark means can be implemented as a client side program such as a script or as link information that can call a server side program. Further, the browsing page can be configured by the guidance page or by a browsing page that is a web page separate from the guidance page.
(11) When the information browsing terminal accesses the browsing page, the bookmarking title that the information browsing terminal bookmarks is displayed on the browsing page in which the bookmarking means is mounted, and the bookmarking title is associated with the bookmarking title. Eleventh process/procedure (bookmark-related information display process/procedure) for displaying browsing/listening information about a specific article related to the bookmark title.
(11-1) Here, in the eleventh process/procedure, the information browsing terminal is based on the terminal identification information of the information browsing terminal or irrespective of the terminal identification information of the information browsing terminal. Based on the user ID in the registered information of the user, by specifying the bookmark information by the information viewer terminal or the bookmark information by the user ID, for example, browsing by clicking the BM icon for bookmark operation The bookmark titles bookmarked by the information viewer terminal are displayed in a bookmark manager or the like as a bookmark display area displayed on the page, typically as a list), and all of the displayed bookmark titles are displayed, or For some or only selected ones, the browsing/listening information (stored in the fifth processing/procedure) about the specific article associated with the bookmark title can be displayed in association with the bookmark title. ..
Further, the BM-related information display processing is executed via the local ID of the specific article, and is executed by extracting the browsing/listening information associated with the local ID associated with the URL of the bookmarked guide page. ..
(11-2) Further, in the eleventh process/procedure, the browsing/listening information (hereinafter, “BM related information”) displayed in association with the bookmark is the information regarding the specific article related to the bookmark title (the above-mentioned The browsing/listening time and the object position information (stored in the fifth processing/procedure).
(12) When the guide page of the main information relating to the specific object is output to the information viewer terminal in the fourth processing/procedure, at least the main page to the guide page is displayed for the information viewer terminal. A browsing history means for realizing a browsing history function including link information is provided, and the information browsing terminal determines a specific object relating to the main information of an arbitrary guide page browsed/listened in the past as the specific object. A twelfth process/procedure (browsing history function providing process/procedure) that enables browsing based on the local ID.

[Complementary explanation of the invention]
The main information output means is typically configured to perform a processing operation of displaying main information when an ID read is an event.
The geographic/address information storage processing is typically processing at the time of main information registration, but when accessing from the information viewer terminal, the location information of the information viewer terminal may be acquired and converted into an address as geographical information. It is possible.
The main information related information output means can display only the total number of the sub information as an output mode of the sub information, but the list of the sub information is displayed by mousing over the total number. To be done. That is, the secondary information can be finally referenced through the total number.
In the simplest case, the access history information is the total number of accesses in the main information related information output means, but it is preferable to use the statistical information.

The information providing system of the present invention can be embodied as the following embodiments.
(Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2) Main information is product information of a specific product located at a specific location, and sub-information is a store (that handles the product) or (complementary product of the product) related to the product. Yes) product information. (Interest-oriented)
(Embodiment 3) Advertisement information of a product whose main information is a specific real estate (building or structure) located in a specific location and whose secondary information is related to the location information of the real estate (targets customers at that location) .. (Advertising business model (BM) type)

In the present application documents, the identifier (local ID) given to the specific object means an ID unique to the specific object associated with the specific place and the specific time information (or the identification thereof). (In the sense of an ID having a relationship with position information of a specific place to which the object belongs or place information), is referred to as a “local ID”. Further, in the description of the information providing system using the physical medium according to the embodiments below, the local ID corresponds to a specific product as an article or an article of a specific information printed matter as an article in a one-to-one relationship. Since it is issued in a one-to-one relationship with a specific “article”, it is called an “article ID”. Further, in this document, "time" is "time" as a computer term (not "time" in the usual sense), and means time information specifying a year, month, day, hour, minute, and second. .. In the information providing system, the “terminal identification information” can be used depending on the type of OS (operating system) in the case of a smartphone, for example. (IDFV) and AdvertisingIdentifier, and in the second OS, there are device IDs (IMED/MEID/ESN), serial numbers, and AdvertisingID.

[Special effects of this information provision system]
As a result, the information providing system uses various physical media such as goods and the like having physical properties and physical properties, and the location/object specific information as the physical medium specific information unique to the physical medium and the physical medium. Information system and information network centered on physical media, consisting of location/object related information as physical media related information, and useful information provision service utilizing the physical properties and physical properties of physical media Can be built.

[Summary of location information acquisition processing of this information providing system]
In addition, the information providing system, as described in the fifth/third processing/procedure, relates the database of the object location information, which is the location information of the specific location and/or the specific object, to the local ID. The computer apparatus or computer system can be made to execute the processes/procedures stored in. In this way, the information providing system uses, in addition to the peculiar effects described above, various types of physical media having product properties or physical properties such as products, and the main information and the physical media as the physical media unique information. In addition to the subordinate information as the related information, physical information consisting of physical position information irrelevant to the physical medium but specific to geographical information or position information where the physical medium is arranged or related physical medium position information. By providing various types of predetermined physical medium linking information that can be linked to a medium, an information system or information network centered on the physical medium is constructed, and the physical properties and physical properties of the physical medium are used. It is possible to build a useful information providing service. That is, the local ID itself consists of information for identifying a specific object (unique identification information), and does not have position information of the place where the specific object is, but the specific object belongs (or is located). When the local ID of the specific object is stored in the database in association with the local ID or the local ID of the specific object is read by the ID reading means of the computer for information viewing, By using the position information acquisition function of the computer device (for example, the position information acquisition function by the GPS receiver built in the computer device for browsing the information), the position information of the position where the specific object is located (for example, latitude and (Longitude) is acquired and the positional information is stored in the database in association with the local ID, so that the fifth/third processing/procedure can be executed.

[Summary of bookmark processing of this information provision system]
Further, as described in the tenth process/procedure, the information providing system reads the main information by reading the local ID of the specific object by the ID reading unit of the computer device for information browsing. When the information is output to the computer for information browsing in a viewable/listenable manner, the storage location information of the main information (for example, URL on the Internet) can be freely called to the computer for information browsing. It is also possible to cause a computer device or a computer system to execute a process/procedure of storing (typically, storing as bookmark information). In this way, in addition to the above-mentioned peculiar effect, the information providing system can quickly and easily call up any main information previously browsed/listen to via the computer device for browsing the information.

[Physical media provider]
Next, the physical medium providing place 400, which is indispensable for configuring the information providing system, will be described in more detail. In the information providing system, the physical medium providing area 400 is a place having specific geographical information or position information, that is, an address, a store name, or geographical coordinates such as a combination of latitude and longitude, or the like. It is a place that is uniquely specified and is provided or presented to the outside by exhibiting, displaying, selling, etc. a specific physical medium. Specifically, the physical medium providing area 400 is an actual store such as a restaurant or a goods store existing in a specific place, and as a physical medium, a product 410A including various actual products such as alcohol and watches, And/or is a place for providing or presenting various kinds of information printed matter 410B such as posters, leaflets, pamphlets, catalogs, etc. on which articles related to specific products/services are posted. It should be noted that the product 410A is any product that is present or will be provided or presented in the future, and is not only the product to be sold in the store but also after the sale (for example, the product purchased by the store). ) Merchandise, including commodities that are displayed in the store and are present. In addition, when referred to as “product” in this document, it may be used in the sense of a product in a broad sense that includes a service that is an intangible property in addition to a product in a narrow sense that is a tangible property. Only when it is unclear whether it is a product in a broad sense or a product in a narrow sense, the distinction between "a product in a broad sense" or "a product in a narrow sense" is clearly stated, whichever is the context. When it is clear, the distinction is not made explicit. On the other hand, as the information printed matter 410B, all existing or future information printed matters are targeted. Further, in the application documents of the present application, the term “article” may be used as a term of a concept including these products 410A and the information printed matter 410B. In addition, in the document of the present application, the physical medium that can be provided with the local ID for use in the present information providing system includes physical advertisement media such as signboards and buildings or structures such as houses, in addition to the above-mentioned articles. The term "object" is used in the sense of including a physical medium other than such an article because it can also be configured by the above. In addition, for convenience of description, the term “provided” in the present document may be used to mean “present” in addition to the general meaning of “provided”.

[Item ID as local ID]
First, the local ID when the product 410A (which is a product in a narrow sense) is used as the physical medium of the physical medium providing site 400 will be described. In this case, an article ID medium 411 as a local ID medium is attached to the product 410A by pasting or the like so that it can be read from the outside. Specifically, the article ID medium 411 provides this information with an article ID as a local ID, which is a unique ID (identifier) such as an NFC tag, an RFID tag, a barcode (one-dimensional barcode or two-dimensional barcode). It is an arbitrary ID providing medium which is stored in association with a specific product 410A which is a unique identification target in the system and which is provided so as to be readable from the outside. Typically, the article ID medium 411 is attached to a packaging, a container, a label, or the like of a specific product 411A displayed in a specific store, and is an item for uniquely identifying the specific product (article). Provide the ID so that it can be read from the outside. Then, the article ID medium 411 is attached to the specific product 410A so as to be associated with the specific product 410A in a one-to-one relationship.

[Acquisition of product information by product ID]
As a result, predetermined product information consisting of attributes (product name, price, product image such as product photo, manufacturer name, quality, campaign information, product feature, etc.) of the particular product 410A is stored in the product ID medium 411. The article ID medium is stored in a storage area of a predetermined database or the like in association with the article ID so that the article ID medium can be acquired from the outside. Predetermined product information of the specific product 410A associated with the product ID 411 can be acquired. The product information acquisition process using such an item ID medium 411 will be described in detail later.

[Acquisition of real store information by article ID]
In addition, as described above, the item ID medium 411 is attached to the specific item 410A to associate the specific item ID with the specific item 410A, and to obtain the item information of the specific item 410A as described above. In addition to being able to associate, the item ID can also be associated with a specific physical store where the specific product 410A is provided. That is, when the article ID of the article ID medium 411 is associated with the specific product 410A, for example, the attributes of the actual store to which the specific product 410A belongs (store address, store name, contact information such as telephone number, store photo). Stored in a storage area such as a predetermined database so that the store can be externally acquired in association with the product ID of the product ID medium 411. Thus, by reading the article ID of the article ID medium 411 by a predetermined ID reading unit, the specific article 410A associated with the article ID of the article ID medium 411 is identified by the specific article 410A to which the particular article 410A belongs. It is possible to acquire store information of a real store.

[Acquisition of geographical information of real store information by article ID]
Particularly, the geographical information (address, etc.) of the physical medium providing place 400 such as a physical store to which the specific product 410A associated with the article ID medium 411 belongs uses, for example, a mobile terminal device such as a smart phone having a built-in GPS receiver. At the same time, the map API can be installed in the mobile terminal device to easily acquire the map API. That is, an ID reading means (for example, an NFC reader, an RFID reader, a bar code reader, etc.) that realizes a reading function of the article ID medium 411 is mounted on a mobile terminal device having a GPS receiver, and a map API is mounted on the mobile terminal device. By reading the article ID of the article 410A by the I reading unit of the mobile terminal device, the article ID of the article ID medium 411 of the article 410A is obtained, and the article information of the particular article 410A associated with the article ID is obtained. At the same time, the geographical position information (latitude and longitude as the current position of the mobile terminal device) at the time of reading the article ID is acquired from the GPS receiving device, and the position information/address conversion function of the map API ( By converting the geographical position information (latitude and longitude) into a corresponding address by the reverse geocoding function), the geographical information (that is, address) of the actual store to which the specific product 410A associated with the article ID belongs is acquired. can do. As a result, the geographical information of the actual store is acquired by acquiring the geographical information of the actual store in a mode associated with the article ID of the specific product 410A, and displaying the geographical information of the actual store together with the product information of the product 410A. It becomes possible to perform processing using. The actual store information acquisition process (particularly, the geographical information acquisition process) using such an article ID medium 411 will be described in detail later.

[Acquisition of article information of printed information by article ID]
Next, a case where the information printed matter 410B is used as the physical medium of the physical medium providing site 400 will be described. Here, the information printed matter 410B is composed of posters, leaflets, pamphlets, catalogs, etc. that are displayed, installed, and distributed in a specific store or house, and the corresponding area of the specific location (for example, display of the content of the specific location of the poster). Specific articles are printed in a column or in a content display column at a specific portion of the cover page of the brochure. Note that the specific article is, for example, an article such as an introduction column that introduces a specific product (a product in a narrow sense) or a specific service, and is displayed as article 1,..., Article n in FIG. Has been done. When the information printed matter 410B is used as the physical medium, the article ID mediums 411a to 411n are respectively provided near the specific articles (article 1 to article n) of the information printed matter 410B (the right and horizontal nearest parts in FIG. 1). , Printed or affixed (affixed with stickers or tags), etc. In detail, each of the item ID media 411a to 411n has the same configuration as the item ID medium 411 for the product 410A, and uniquely identifies a specific product or service related to a specific article of a specific information printed matter 411B. An article ID as a local ID (similar to the article ID of the article ID medium 411) for identification is provided so as to be readable from the outside. Then, the article ID media 411a to 411n are attached to correspond to a specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B, and are associated with the specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B in a one-to-one relationship. In addition, the specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B is composed of, for example, an explanation column (product name, product image, product price, etc.) of a specific product (similar to the specific product 410A), or a specific service. It may be composed of an explanation column (service name, service providing facility image, service providing price, etc.) regarding (optional paid or free service such as food and drink providing service and accommodation facility providing service). Here, the specific information printed matter 410B provided with the article ID media 411a to 411n may be an NFC smart poster. In this case, the article ID media 411a to 411n are attached in a one-to-one relationship with the posted contents of the NFC smart poster as a specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B. For example, when the content posted on the NFC smart poster is a single content, when one article ID medium 411a to 411n is attached to the NFC smart poster and the content posted on the NFC smart poster is composed of a plurality of content, the same number is displayed. The article ID media 411a to 411n are attached to the plurality of contents of the NFC smart poster in a one-to-one relationship.

[Acquisition of article-related information by article ID]
As a result, as the information supplementing the content of the specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B, the manufacturing company name, the product quality, the campaign information regarding the product, the product characteristics, etc., and/or the service provider name, the service quality, the service. Predetermined merchandise/service-related information including campaign information, service characteristics, and the like is stored in a storage area such as a predetermined database so as to be externally acquired in association with the article IDs of the article ID media 411a to 411n. By reading the article IDs of the article ID media 411a to 411n by the predetermined ID reading unit, the details corresponding to the particular article of the particular information printed matter 410B associated with the article IDs of the article ID media 411a to 411n. It is possible to acquire various product/service related information. Since the product/service-related information acquisition process using the product ID mediums 411a to 411n is the same as the product information acquisition process for the product 410A, the description will be combined with the product information acquisition process for the product 410A. The details will be described later.

[Acquisition of real store information/geographical information by article ID]
Further, as described above, the article ID media 411a to 411n are attached to correspond to the specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B, so that the article ID is associated with the specific article of the information printed matter 410B, and In addition to being able to be associated with the product/service information such as the product or service published in the specific article of the specific information printed matter 410B as described above, the product ID of It is also possible to associate it with a physical medium providing place 400 such as a specific physical store or a house where a specific information printed matter 411B in which a specific article is posted is installed. In this case, in particular, the geographical information (address, etc.) of the physical medium providing place 400 of the actual store or the like to which the specific information printed matter 410B associated with the article ID mediums 411a to 411n belongs (that is, the actual store or the like in which the information printed matter 410B is installed). ) Can be acquired in the same manner as for the product 410A.

[Acquisition of service information by article ID]
As described above, in the information providing system, both the narrowly defined product and service (service) are the targets (hereinafter referred to as “information cooperation targets”) to which predetermined information (product information or service information) is linked. In the case where the product is included (that is, a product in a broad sense is a target of the information providing system) and is a product in a narrow sense, the product ID medium 411 is directly attached to the product as described for the product 410A. In this case, since the article ID medium cannot be directly attached, the information printed matter 410B can be used as a physical medium or an article to which the article ID medium is attached. For example, as a specific article of the information printed matter 410B, a service name of a particular service or a combination of the service name and a brief description is described, and in the information printed matter 410B, the article ID of the particular service is provided near the particular article. The article ID mediums 411a to 411n for storing are attached. At this time, for example, in the case of a food and drink service, a specific menu item in the food and drink menu table (for example, a specific food name, or a combination of a specific food name and its food photo) is set as the specific article. , The article ID media 411a to 411n of the corresponding article IDs are attached in the vicinity of the specific menu item. That is, in this case, the physical media 411a to 411n of the article IDs corresponding to the specific service that constitutes a part of the product in the broad sense, via the information printed matter 410B as the article (and corresponding to the specific article). ) It will be indirectly attached. In any case, if the information linkage target is a service, it can be any tangible good if it is a tangible good such as an article used to provide the service and that allows the user to recognize the service. An article ID medium can be attached indirectly.

[Composition of article ID]
As described above, the item ID is provided in the item ID medium 411 attached to the packaging, the container, the label, etc. of the specific product 411A displayed in the specific store so as to uniquely identify the specific product (article). Is a local ID for identifying a specific article or article of the information printed matter 410B and is provided on the article ID mediums 411a to 411n corresponding to the specific article of the information printed matter 410B. Although it is a local ID for uniquely identifying each item, etc., the article ID may have any configuration as long as it is a unique identifier. Note that the configuration of the article ID may be a configuration using an ID system unique to each of the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n, depending on the type of the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n. For example, the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n can be configured by NFC tags, but in this case, the article ID can be configured using an ID system used in NFC technology. Further, the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n can be configured by a two-dimensional barcode, but in this case, the article ID should be configured using the ID system used in the two-dimensional barcode C technology. You can

[Summary of configuration and operation of this information providing system]
The information providing system provides information about a specific item by using the item ID configured as described above, and performs the following operation with the configuration described below (that is, a computer device). The following processing is executed by using the following function realizing means).

[First characteristic configuration: means for providing an index of information relevance]
First, the administrator system 100, in response to a request from the main user system 200, an article ID (that is, a local ID) that is unique to an article (that is, a specific object) in the physical medium providing site 400 related to the main user. Attach. (Product ID assigning process by the product ID management unit)
Along with the article ID assignment process, the administrator system 100 stores main information relating to the particular article in a predetermined storage unit in association with the article ID. (Main information storage processing by main information management means)
In addition, in response to a request from the subordinate user system 300, the administrator system 100 stores subordinate information related to the main information regarding a specific item in a predetermined storage unit in association with the item ID of the specific item. To do. (Sub-information link processing by sub-information management means)
At this time, the administrator system 100 associates and stores an arbitrary number of subsidiary information with respect to one main information, but counts (counts) the number of subsidiary information associated with one main information (subordinate information link number). Then, the latest counting result (latest subsidiary information link number) is stored in a predetermined storage means in association with the main information, and the subsidiary information link number for the main information is updated in real time. (Sub-information link counting process by sub-information management means)
Moreover, when the article ID of the specific article is read by the information browsing terminal 500, the administrator system 100 provides the information browsing person with the main information of the specific article and the subsidiary information associated with the main information. The information is output to the terminal 500 (transmitted via the network) (so that the information viewer terminal 500 can acquire the main information and the sub-information (display on the display screen, etc.)). (Master-slave information output processing by browsing management means)
Along with this master-slave information output processing, the administrator system 100 counts (counts) the number of accesses to the main information from the information viewer terminal 500, and obtains the latest count result (latest access count number) as the main information. The information is stored in a predetermined storage means in association with, and the access count of the information viewer terminal 500 to the main information is updated in real time. (Access counting process)
Then, the administrator system 100, when the article ID of a particular article is read by the information browsing terminal 500, displays both the sub-information link number and the access count number in a manner associated with the main information, It is output to the information viewer terminal 500 as an index indicating the degree of association determined by the amount of sub information and the number of accesses to the main information. (Association output process by cooperation of subordinate information management means and browsing management means) (The number of accesses indicates the degree of interest of general users, while the number of links indicates the degree of interest of traders. By displaying the interest level of the general user and the interest level of the vendor together as an index, when the vendor determines the main information to which the secondary information from the secondary user system 300 is linked, It can be used as a powerful judgment material in determining whether the main information has a high degree of association with its own subsidiary information, which main information is worth linking its own subsidiary information, etc.)

[Bookmark of goods as physical media (physical bookmark)]
Further, in the access counting process, the administrator system, in response to a request from the information browsing terminal 500, as information for bookmarking a specific article related to the article ID read by the information browsing terminal 500, Bookmark title consisting of title information of a specific item (typically, this is the information that becomes the title of the main information of the main information of the specific item. For example, if the specific item is a product, The title of the article is displayed as a bookmark at the time of re-access, and is stored in a predetermined storage means in association with the article ID of the particular article.) and the particular article uniquely. A bookmark ID for identifying (typically, the article ID of the specific article, but may be the URL of the guide page which is the web page of the main information of the specific article. In the case of the article ID, In order to access the guide page, it is necessary to associate the URL of the guide page with the article ID, but by installing the bookmark manager application on the terminal, only the article ID as the bookmark ID is displayed on the information viewer terminal. The information can be called by storing the title of the article in the information browsing terminal, and combining the time when the article ID of the article is read and the location of the particular article. Stored in a predetermined storage means in association with the information viewer terminal 500 that has read the article ID or the user who has read the article ID, and the bookmark title can be selected and executed. By doing so, it is possible to directly access the information (typically, the main information, which is a guide page including the main information) related to the specific article corresponding to the bookmark ID. (Bookmark processing)

At this time, the administrator system 100 stores the terminal identification information of the information viewer terminal 500 that has read the article ID in a predetermined storage unit in association with the article ID and the bookmark information. (Terminal Identification Processing) (Thus, the information viewer terminal 500 displays the bookmark title)

Alternatively, instead of the terminal identification processing (or in combination with the terminal identification processing), the administrator system 100 may input the user information input when the article ID is read by the information viewer terminal 500 (registered user). User information) is stored in a predetermined storage means in association with the article ID and the bookmark information. (User identification process)

Alternatively, in addition to the terminal identification processing, the administrator system 100 causes the information viewer terminal 500 to read the user ID (user information of a registered user, typically Stores the user ID) in a predetermined storage means in association with the article ID and the bookmark information. (Terminal/user identification processing) (Thus, even if the user is not logged in, identification can be made by the terminal identification information when there is access from the terminal, and if the user logs in, the terminal is changed. However, it can be identified by user information.)

Further, at this time, the administrator system 100 indicates the time when the information browsing terminal 500 reads the article ID of the specific article and the position information of the specific article at the time when the article ID is read. The terminal identification information or the user information (the user ID of the user of the information browsing terminal 500) of the information browsing terminal 500 and the information are stored in a predetermined storage unit in association with the information. The bookmark information of the user of the information browsing terminal 500 is stored in a predetermined storage means in association with the information browsing terminal or the user. Also, by updating to the latest reading time, the bookmark information is arranged and displayed along the time axis.

[Outline of configuration of this information providing system, system target person, and operation]
As shown in FIG. 1, the information providing system according to the first embodiment includes an administrator system 100, a main user system 200, a sub user system 300, a physical medium providing area 400, and an information viewer terminal 500. , And a Web server 600. Here, the administrator system 100 is a system owned and managed by an administrator (a management company or the like) who manages the information providing system. The main user system 200 is a system owned and managed by the main user who is the main user of the information providing system. For example, typically, the ownership of an actual store that displays a specific actual product (hereinafter, may be referred to as “real product” in the sense of being virtually displayed on the Internet) The person in charge of the person or operator (hereinafter referred to as “store manager”) becomes the user of the main user system 200 (that is, the main user), but the content related to a specific product or a specific service (hereinafter referred to as “contents”). , Sometimes referred to as "articles." Owners and operators of installation locations (hereinafter referred to as "information installation locations") such as posters and leaflets, etc. where information printed materials are installed, such as real shops and houses. In some cases, the person in charge of the above (hereinafter referred to as “installation person”) becomes the user of the main user system 200 (that is, the main user). The subsidiary user system 300 is a system owned and managed by a subsidiary user who is a subsidiary user of the information providing system. For example, the same product or service (hereinafter, simply referred to as “same product”) as the product/service published in the article of the main user in the actual store or the information printed matter, and/or the related product/ The same product that has an address in the vicinity of a business owner (including virtual stores as well as real stores) of a store or the like that handles services (hereinafter simply referred to as "related products") or a main user's real store A business owner (including a virtual store as well as a real store) of a store or the like that provides a product or service associated with a related product becomes a user (that is, a sub-user) of the sub-user system 300. In addition, the physical medium providing place 400, in the case where the main user installs the information printed matter including the article in the actual store when the actual product is displayed in the actual store or the information installation place Is the information installation location. In addition, the information viewer terminal 500 is provided with information of the person who has actually come into contact with the actual product in the actual store of the main user (typically, the final consumer who purchases the actual product, etc.) and the main user. An information terminal device such as a smartphone owned by a person (typically, the final consumer who browsed the article of the information printed matter) who actually contacts the article of the information printed matter of the place, and those persons (hereinafter, It is simply an information terminal device used by an “information viewer”.

[Outline of information management means of administrator SYS]
As shown in FIG. 1, the administrator system 100 includes an information management unit 110. The information management unit 110 realizes a function of managing various information including main information of the main user system 200, sub information of the sub user system 300, and other information. The administrator system 100 also includes a management information database (hereinafter, referred to as “management information DB”) 120. The management information DB 120, in cooperation with the information management means 110, realizes a function of storing various information including main information of the main user system 200, sub information of the sub user system 300, and other information. The administrator system 100 includes a management screen 130. A user interface (GUI) for managing the various information is displayed on the management screen 130, and a person in charge can manage the management information via the management screen 130.

[Information management database of administrator SYS]
The management information DB 120 can be typically configured by a relational database (RDB). In this case, for example, the management information DB 120 can be configured to have a data structure (data schema) as shown in FIG. In detail, in the case of FIG. 2, the management information DB 120 is a master file (that is, a master table in the case of RDB), an article ID table 121 as an article ID file, a basic information table 122 as a basic information file, and a URL file. And a user information table 125 as a user information file. The management information DB 120 also includes a browsing history table 124 as a browsing history file as a transaction file (that is, a transaction table in the case of RDB).

[Item ID table]
The article ID table 121 is a table for storing and managing the article ID and its related information, and has an article ID, a user ID, an issue date, and a valid flag as a field name (column name or column name). Then, each value is stored in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). Further, the article ID table 121 further has geographic information (for example, location information of the location of the article of each article ID) as a field name, and stores the value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). You may Here, the item ID of the item ID table 121 is a unique identifier (ID) assigned to each specific item as the local ID, as described above. The article ID can have an arbitrary configuration similar to a normal unique ID, and can be configured by a character string, a number string, a combination of characters and numbers, a combination of characters, numbers and symbols, and the like. Further, the user ID is basically a unique identifier (ID) given to each of the main user, each of the sub-users, and each of the information viewers. , A table for managing article IDs and related information, and since the article IDs are unique IDs assigned to each article belonging to a specific main user, the user IDs stored in the article ID table 121 Is basically a user ID (user ID of the main user) uniquely assigned to each main user. The issue date is the date when the article ID is issued. The validity flag is a flag for determining validity or invalidity of the article ID given to a particular article. Specifically, the valid flag is set to valid (for example, “1”) when the product ID is given to the specific product 410A or the like, while the specific product 410A or the like to which the product ID is given is not sold. If the issued article ID becomes unnecessary or unusable, such as when it becomes nonexistent, etc., set it to invalid (for example, "0") and manage it without deleting it. Only the relation (link) with a specific physical medium is disconnected (deleted) while being maintained on the information DB 120.

[Basic information table]
The basic information table 122 is a table for storing and managing basic information (hereinafter, referred to as “main information”) regarding a specific article to which an article ID is assigned (belonging to a main user), and field name (column). (Name or column name) has an article ID, a user ID, a product name, an image (product image), a category, an attribute 1, an attribute 2 (and other attributes 3,... As necessary). , And store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). Here, the item ID of the basic information table 122 is a unique ID (of the same configuration) corresponding to the item ID of the item ID table 121, and the item ID of one table is used as the main item ID. A key and the article ID of the other table as an external key), and a predetermined relational operation (each operation such as selection, projection, and combination) between the storage data of the article ID table 121 and the storage data of the basic information table 122. To obtain the desired data. Further, the user ID of the basic information table 122 is a unique ID (having the same configuration) corresponding to the user ID of the article ID table 121, and the user ID is the same as that described for the article table 121. Through this, a predetermined relational operation can be executed between the storage data of the article ID table 121 and the storage data of the basic information table 122 to obtain desired data. Since the basic information table 122 is a table for managing main information relating to a specific product ID belonging to the main user, the user ID stored in the basic information table 122 is basically the product ID. Similar to the user ID in the table 121, only the user ID of the main user is used.

The product name is a name given to a specific product to which the product ID is assigned (belongs to the main user). If the product is a product in a narrow sense, the product name is the product name, and the product is a service (service). If it is the service name. The image is an image of a specific product (belonging to the main user) to which the product ID is assigned, and is typically a product image. The category is a category (classification name under classification according to a predetermined standard) to which a specific article to which an article ID is assigned (belongs to the main user) belongs, and is typically a product category to which a product belongs (for example, a Japanese standard product). It consists of middle and small classification names). Attributes such as Attribute 1 and Attribute 2 are attribute information unique to a specific article (belonging to the main user) to which the article ID is assigned, and are, for example, information such as a commodity price and a commodity manufacturer. Note that the basic information table 122 shown in FIG. 2 exemplifies attribute 1 and attribute 2 as the attribute information, but the attribute information is not limited to this, and an arbitrary number and type of attribute information are stored. be able to.

[URL table]
The URL table 123 is a unique URL (hereinafter, may be referred to as “main URL”) given in correspondence with an article ID when the article ID is given to a specific article, and related information of the main URL. (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as "main URL related information."), a unique URL linked to the main URL (hereinafter also referred to as "subordinate URL"), and related information of the subordinate URL (hereinafter referred to as "subordinate URL"). It is a table for storing and managing "subordinate URL related information"), and as a field name (column name or column name), URLID, article ID, URL, title, user ID, use The user URL and the last browse time are stored, and the respective values are stored in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). That is, the present information system assigns a unique article ID to each specific article, and at the same time, a web page having the basic information (main information) of the particular article as the content for the article ID (see “Guide The URL (main URL) of the URL table 123 is a unique identifier associated with this guide page 150. In addition, the information system links a main information of each article with a web page having detailed information of subsidiary information related to the main information as content (hereinafter, referred to as "subordinate information detail page"). It is configured to be attached (that is, the link information to the detailed information page is posted to the guide page 150 of the main information), and the user URL (subordinate URL) of the URL table 123 is the sub information detailed page. It is also the unique identifier associated with. That is, the URL of the URL table 123 is the main URL that is the URL of the guide page 150 of the main information related to the specific item, and the user URL is the sub-information detail page in which the link information is posted on the guide page 150. It is a subordinate URL that is a URL. Note that these URLs (main URL and secondary URL) have the same configuration as a general URL, and a combination of a scheme name, a host name, and a path name (typically "http://host.com. /Path01” combination).

Further, the URL table 123 stores URLIDs that uniquely correspond to URLs (main URLs) and associates each URL (main URL) with a unique URLID for the sake of convenience (in the relation calculation process) as an identifier. This URL ID is a unique identifier that is automatically assigned to each main URL, and can have any configuration as long as the main URL can be uniquely identified. The article ID of the URL table 123 is a unique ID (having the same configuration) corresponding to the article IDs of the article ID table 121 and the basic information table 122, and the article ID is the same as that described for the article table 121. Through this, a predetermined relational operation can be executed between the storage data of the article ID table 121 or the basic information table and the storage data of the URL table 123 to obtain desired data. The title is the title of the sub information detail page. As the title, for example, the title specified by the title element of the head element of the web page can be used.

The user ID is a unique ID (having the same configuration) corresponding to the user IDs of the article ID table 121 and the basic information table 122. The URL table 123 is a table for managing the sub URLs of all the sub information linked to the main URL of the main information of each article ID (that is, one or more (1 or more ( Normally, a plurality of subordinate URLs are associated in a one-to-many relationship), but the user ID stored in the URL table 123 is an ID uniquely corresponding to the user URL (subordinate URL). Therefore, the user URL in the ULR table 123 is basically only the user ID of the sub-user.

Here, the subordinate URL (user URL) of the subordinate information will be specifically described. In the information providing system, the main user (restaurant, etc.) uses the main user system 200 to identify its own identification. When the main information (store information of the restaurant, product name of the liquor, etc.) of the article (alcohol, etc. provided at the restaurant) is registered, the sub-user is displayed on the guide page 150 of the main information. (A liquor store that sells the alcoholic beverage) can use the subsidiary user system 300 to register its own subsidiary information (basic information such as store information of a liquor store) in association with the main information (for example, , The subsidiary information can be posted on the guide page 150 of the main information). At this time, the subsidiary user can further add the subsidiary information to the subsidiary information registered on the guide page 150. The sub URL can be registered as the information of the link destination, and the sub URL of the sub information detail page in this case becomes the user URL. Note that, as the secondary information to be posted on the main information guide page 150, for example, the title of the secondary information detail page as the link information and the secondary URL (typically, the secondary URL is used as a title and a link element is used to link (Added) can be posted on the guide page 150, but in addition to this, basic information (name, place, basic attribute, etc.) of the store or product related to the subsidiary information can be additionally posted.

The last browsing time is the browsing time of the latest browsing history among the browsing history of the sub information detail page. Typically, the last browsing time is the latest time when the link information of the subsidiary information related to the subsidiary information detail page is selected and executed. In this way, by specifying the last browsing time of the sub information (sub information information page), for example, when a plurality of sub information (for example, its link information) is posted on the main information guide page 150, By referring to the last browse time of each sub-information, those sub-information can be arranged and displayed in ascending order of last browse time (that is, in order of latest browsing). The registered secondary information can be displayed sequentially (along the time axis) from the latest one over time. Here, as the browsing history is newer (that is, the last browsing time is more recent), the degree of interest of the viewer to the web page is expected to be higher. By arranging and displaying the latest ones in order, it is possible to arrange the display order of the items having a high degree of interest to the viewer in a high order, and to increase the motivation of the viewer to access.

[Another example of URL table]
Although the URL table 123 stores the main URL of the main information and associates the user URL of the subsidiary information with each other, the main URL of the main information and its URL ID may be stored in the article ID table. .. In this case, the URL table 123 stores only the user URL (subordinate URL) as the URL. On the other hand, in this case, the main URL is uniquely associated with the article ID in the article ID table 121 and managed in the article ID table 121.

[Browsing history table]
The browsing history table 124 is a table for storing and managing browsing history information of the browsing page 150 of the main information by the information browsing terminal 500, and the article ID as a field name (column name or column name). , Browsing time (browsing start time and browsing end time), and browsing location, and store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). Further, the browsing history table 124 further has a browsing user ID as a field name (for example, a user ID of user information registered by the owner of the information browsing terminal 500 in the administrator system 100), and the value thereof is set in each record. You may make it store in the corresponding field of (each tuple). As described above, the browsing user ID can be stored in the user information table 125 as the user ID (user ID for the browsing user). The article ID of the browsing history table 124 is a unique ID (having the same configuration) corresponding to the article ID of the article ID table 121 or the like. A predetermined relational operation can be performed between the stored data of the ID table 121 and the like and the stored data of the browsing history table 124 to obtain desired data. Further, the browsing location is position information of a location where the article ID of a specific article is read by the information browsing terminal 500 (typically, the location information of the information browsing terminal 500 at the time of reading the article ID, It is position information including latitude/longitude information acquired by GPS installed in the viewer terminal 500).

[User information table]
The user information table 125 is a table for managing users of this information providing system, and has a user ID and a user name as field names (column names or column names), and each value is Store in the corresponding field of the record (each tuple). The user ID is a unique ID (having the same configuration) corresponding to the user ID in the article ID table 121 or the like. Since the user information table 125 is a table for managing users, the user ID includes at least the user ID of the main user and the user ID of the sub-user,
In addition to this, when the information viewer is registered as a user, the user ID of the information viewer is included.

Here, in this information providing system, there are a user ID of a main user (main user ID) and an ID of a sub-user (sub-user ID) as user IDs. The user ID (browser ID) of the main user, the sub-user, and the viewer are different from each other in the processing that can be executed in the information system. The user ID and the reader ID may be configured to distinguish the main user, the sub-user, and the viewer, respectively. For example, if the main user ID, the sub-user ID, and the viewer ID are created by different ID creation rules, or if they are created by the same creation rule, the same authority is given to each user. Then, in order to distinguish the main user, the sub-user, and the viewer, the fields representing the respective authorities can be stored in association with the user ID.

[Relationship between tables]
In this information providing system, one or more (usually a plurality of) article IDs (and their basic information and their main URLs) are associated with one user ID, so the user information table 125 and article IDs are associated with each other. The relationship with the table 121 is one-to-many, the relationship between the user information table 125 and the basic information table 122 is also one-to-many, and the user information table 125 and the URL table 123 are also related. The relationship of is also a one-to-many relationship. Further, since one item of basic information is associated with one item ID, the item ID table 121 and the basic information table 122 have a one-to-one relationship. Further, since the URL (main URL) of the guide page 150 of one main information is associated with one article ID (and its basic information), the relationship between the article ID table 121 and the URL table 123 is one to one. The relationship between the article ID table 121 and the URL table 123 is also one-to-one. Further, since one article ID (and its basic information and its main URL) is associated with one or more (usually many) browsing histories, the relationship between the article ID table 121 and the browsing history table 124 is one. There is a many-to-many relationship.

[Information management means]
The information management unit 110 includes an article ID management unit 111, a main information management unit 112, a subsidiary information management unit 113, a browsing management unit 114, and a guide page creation unit 115. The information management means 110 can be configured as shown in FIG. 2, for example.

In detail, in the information management means 110, the article ID management means 111 is configured to include an article ID issuing means 111a, a corresponding URL issuing means 111b, and an ID/URL managing means 111c. The main information management unit 112 is configured to include a main information GUI (Graphical User Interface) 112a and a main information registration management unit 112b. Further, the subsidiary information management unit 113 is configured to include a subsidiary information GUI 113a, a subsidiary information registration management unit 113b, and a link URL counting unit 113c. The browsing management unit 114 is configured to include a guide page transmission unit 114a, a browsing counting unit 114b, and a bookmark management unit 114c. Details of each of these means will be described below in detail.

[Product ID management means]
As shown in FIG. 2, the article ID management means 111 is a function realizing means for issuing and managing article IDs, and includes article ID issuing means 111a, main URL issuing means 111b, and ID/URL managing means 111c. ing. Although not shown in FIG. 2, the article ID management unit 111 includes position information management unit 111d as shown in FIG. The article ID management unit 111 can be provided with a unit that implements other functions for issuing and managing the article ID, in addition to these.

<Merchandise ID issuing means>
The article ID issuing means 111a causes the main user system 200 to issue, to the administrator system 100, an article ID corresponding to a particular article (for example, a commodity provided or sold at its own store). When a request is made (that is, a request is made to use the information providing system as a main user), a corresponding product ID is issued for the specific product, and the product ID is used as the product ID. It realizes the function given to the ID medium 411. Specifically, when the main user requests the article ID for a specific article of the specific product 410A or the specific information printed matter 410B, the article ID issuing unit 111a, the specific product 410A or the specific information printed matter 410B. Issue a unique article ID to be associated with a specific article, store the article ID in article ID media 411, 411a to 411n such as an NFC tag, and add the article ID. That is, the article ID issuing means 111a outputs the article IDs to the article ID media 411, 411a to 411a for the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n of a type that stores/stores the article ID in a predetermined storage area like an NFC tag. For the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n of a type in which the article ID is stored in the storage area of 411n and the article ID is printed on a paper medium like a barcode, the article IDs are printed on the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n. Note that the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n of a type in which the article ID is printed on a paper medium such as a barcode can be printed directly in the vicinity of the article of the information printed matter 410B. The article IDs are printed on a print medium separate from the printed matter 410B to form the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n, and the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n are attached in the vicinity of the article of the information printed matter 410B. May be.

[Write to article ID medium]
Further, the issuing process of the item ID is executed by the administrator system 100, but the adding process (storing, printing, etc.) of the issued item ID to the item ID media 411, 411a to 411n is performed by the main user system 100. The main user may use a predetermined ID writing means (NFC writer, bar code writer, etc.) to execute. In this case, the ID writing means may be transferred or lent by the administrator of the administrator system 100 to the main user of the main user system 200. At this time, the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n are written and stored in a storage area (for example, a payload in the case of an NFC tag) of the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n in a format or format according to the type of the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n. .. For example, when the item ID media 411, 411a to 411n are NFC tags, the item ID is a unique ID composed of a numeric string, an alphanumeric string, etc., and is an NDEF (NFC Data Exchange Format) which is a data format according to the NFC standard. ), the data is written and stored in a predetermined storage area of the NFC tag (for example, the payload of the short record (SR)). When the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n are barcodes, the article ID is a unique ID consisting of a numeric string (in the case of a one-dimensional barcode), or a unique ID consisting of a numeric string or an alphanumeric string. As (two-dimensional), it is created according to a data format according to the barcode standard (for example, a data format according to a predetermined two-dimensional barcode standard), stored in the article ID table 121, and finally, It is written in the article ID media 411, 411a to 411n.

[Relationship with article ID table]
Each time the article ID issuing means 111a issues the article ID, the article ID, the user ID of the main user related to the article ID, and the issue date of the article ID are written in the article ID table 121. , The valid flag of the article ID is set to valid. When storing geographic information in the article ID table 121, the article ID issuing means 111a writes geographic information (positional information) of the article ID in the article ID table 121 every time the article ID is issued. May be configured (for example, the main user may be configured to write the geographical information to be registered at the time of registration of the main information).

<Main URL issuing means>
Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the article ID management unit 111 includes a main URL issuing unit 111b. The main URL issuing means 111b realizes the function of issuing the main URL, and more specifically, when an article ID is issued for a specific article, a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) uniquely corresponding to the article ID is issued. ) Is newly issued. Alternatively, at this time, the main URL issuing unit 111b, instead of issuing a new URL, if the guide page 150 of the main information related to the article ID already exists and the existing URL of the guide page 150 exists. It is also possible to assign this existing URL. The guide page 150 to which the main URL is assigned is a specific web page provided for posting a predetermined content consisting of main information (basic information) regarding the article associated with the article ID. For example, the main URL issuing means 111b realizes the function of issuing the main URL corresponding to the article ID by the process for issuing the main URL shown in FIG. 6 (the first half step of the URL issuing process).

[Relationship with URL table]
Each time the main URL issuing means 111b issues a main URL for each article ID, it writes the URL ID corresponding to the main URL, the article ID related to the main URL, and the main URL in the URL table 123. When the main URL is stored in the article ID table 121, the main URL issuing means 111b issues an article ID corresponding to the main URL in the article ID table 121 every time the main URL is issued for each article ID. For, the URL ID corresponding to the main URL and the main URL are written.

<ID/URL management means>
Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the article ID management means 111 includes an ID/URL management means 111c. The ID/URL managing means 111c realizes a function of managing the article ID issued by the article ID issuing means 111a and the main URL issued by the main URL issuing means 111b in association with each other. For example, the ID/URL management unit 111c realizes a function of performing a predetermined relational operation between the article ID table 121 and the URL table 123 using the article ID and the URL ID of the main URL.

[Position information management means]
In addition, as shown in FIG. 16, the article ID management means 111 includes position information management means 111d. The position information management unit 111d acquires the position information of the information viewer terminal 500 when the information viewer terminal 500 reads the product ID of the specific product 410A or 410B and accesses the corresponding guide page 150. Realize the management function. Thereby, the manager system 100 can manage the position information of the information viewer terminal 500 acquired by the position information management unit 111d as the position information of the product whose product ID is read by the information viewer terminal 500.

[Main information management means]
The main information managing unit 112 is a function realizing unit for managing the main information, and includes a main information GUI (Graphical User Interface) unit 112a and a main information registration managing unit 112b. Note that the main information management unit 112 can be provided with a unit that realizes other functions for managing the main information, in addition to these.

<GUI means for main information>
The main information GUI unit 112a realizes a function of providing a user interface (GUI) for the main user to use the main user system 200 to register the main information in the administrator system 100. For example, the main information GUI unit 112a uses the main information registration web page (main information registration page) shown in FIG. 5 or 6 or the main information registration confirmation/article ID issuance application web page shown in FIG. 7 ( A function of transmitting a main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page) from the administrator system 100 to the main user system 200 and providing it is realized.

<Main information registration management means>
The main information registration management means 112b stores the main information input by the main user from the main user system 200 using the main information registration GUI (main information registration page and main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page). , Realizes a function for registering in the administrator system 100. For example, the main information registration management means 112b has a function of registering the main information transmitted from the main user system 200 in the administrator system 100 by the main information registration processing (main user processing) shown in FIG. To realize.

[Relationship with basic information table]
The main information registration management unit 112b, in the basic information table 122, each time the product ID issuing unit 111a of the product ID management unit 111 issues the product ID, the product information ID and the main user associated with the product ID. User ID, the article name of the article related to the article ID (the article name in the case of the article), the article image of the article, the category of the article, and other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2,... ). To do. That is, the main information registration management means 112b uses the main information GUI means 111a to send an article ID, a user ID, an article name (commodity name), an article image, a category related to one specific article from the main user system 200. And the like are input to the basic information table 122, the article ID, the user ID of the main user associated with the article ID, the article name of the article associated with the article ID (the article name in the case of the article), The article image of the article, the category of the article, and other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2,...) Are written.

[Sub-information management means]
The sub information management unit 113 is a function realizing unit for managing sub information, and includes a sub information GUI unit 113a, a sub information registration management unit 113b, and a sub URL counting unit 113c. In addition to these, the sub information management unit 113 can include a unit that realizes another function for managing the sub information.

<GUI means for subsidiary information>
The sub-information GUI unit 113a realizes a function of providing a user interface (GUI) for the sub-user to register the sub-information in the administrator system 100 by using the sub-user system 300. For example, the sub-information GUI unit 113a displays the sub-information registration web page (sub-information registration page) shown in FIG. 10 or 12, and the sub-information confirmation web page (sub-information confirmation page) shown in FIG. The function of transmitting and providing from the administrator system 100 to the sub-user system 300 is realized.

<Subordinate information registration management means>
The sub-information registration management unit 113b receives the sub-information input by the sub-user from the sub-user system 300 using the sub-information registration GUI (sub-information registration page and sub-information confirmation page). Realize the function to register to. For example, the sub-information registration management unit 113b has a function of registering the sub-information transmitted from the sub-user system 300 in the administrator system 100 by the sub-information registration processing (sub-user processing) shown in FIG. To achieve.

[Relationship with URL table]
In the secondary information registration management means 113b, the main URL issuing means 111b of the article ID management means 111 issues a main URL corresponding to the article ID, associates the main URL and the URL ID with the article ID, and the URL table 123 is displayed. Every time it is stored in the URL table 123, the title of the sub information, the user ID of the sub information (sub user ID), and the user URL of the sub information (URL of the sub information detail page) Is written in association with the article ID. That is, the sub-information registration management unit 113b uses the sub-information GUI unit 121a as the sub-information detailed page as sub-information related (should be linked) to the article ID of one specific article from the sub-user system 300. When the title, the user ID (subordinate user ID), and the user URL are input, the title, the user ID, and the user URL are written in the URL table 123 in association with the article ID.

[Sub-information approval process]
The subsidiary information registration management means 113b further manages the subsidiary information input by the subsidiary user from the subsidiary user system 300 using the GUI for subsidiary information registration (the subsidiary information registration page and the subsidiary information confirmation page). A function for determining whether or not to register in the system 100 and approving or rejecting the registration is realized. For example, the subsidiary information registration management unit 113b performs the subsidiary information registration approval process (normal approval routine) shown in FIG. 14 or the subsidiary information registration approval process (deletion approval routine) shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not to register the sub information transmitted from the main information in association with the main information (that is, whether or not to post the sub information linked to the guide page 150 of the main information), and the sub information determined to be registered. The function of registering only one in the administrator system 100 is realized.

<Sub URL counting means>
The sub-URL counting unit 113c counts the number of sub-information items linked to the main-information guide page 150 for one specific item (that is, the total of sub-URLs of the sub-information details page that is the number of links of the sub-information details page). It realizes a function of counting the number) and storing it in a predetermined storage means. That is, the secondary URL counting means 113c realizes a function of counting only the secondary information that is approved and registered by the secondary information approval processing by the secondary information registration management means 113b and stores it in a predetermined storage means.

[View management means]
The browsing management unit 114 is a function realizing unit for managing browsing information, and includes a guide page transmission unit 114a, a browsing counting unit 114b, and a bookmark management unit 114c. Although not shown in FIG. 2, the browsing management unit 114 includes a time information management unit 114d and an access ID management unit 114e, as shown in FIG. It should be noted that the browsing management unit 114 can be provided with a unit that implements other functions for managing browsing information in addition to these.

<Guide page transmission method>
The guide page transmission unit 114a realizes a function for transmitting, from the administrator system 100 to the information viewer terminal 500, a guide page 150 of main information for an information viewer to browse using the information viewer terminal 500. To do. For example, the guide page transmission unit 114a realizes a function of transmitting the guide page 150 shown in FIG. 17 or FIG. 18 from the administrator system 100 to the information viewer terminal 500 and providing it.

<Browsing counting means>
The browsing counting means 114b is the number of browsing by the information browser using the information browsing terminal 500 (that is, the number of accesses from the information browsing terminal 500) on the guide page 150 of the main information relating to one specific article. The function of counting and storing in a predetermined storage means is realized.

<Bookmark management means>
The bookmark management unit 114c provides the information viewer terminal 500 with a bookmark function for bookmarking the article related to the guide page 150 when the information viewer browses the guide page 150 by the information viewer terminal 500. At the same time, a function of managing information about bookmarks stored in the information viewer terminal 500 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “bookmark information”) is realized by using the bookmark function. For example, the bookmark management means 114c is implemented by the bookmark means providing process (BM process) shown in FIG. The function of providing the created bookmark manager) to the information viewer terminal 500 is realized. The bookmark managing means 114c on the side of the administrator system 100 and the bookmark means (FIG. 16) on the side of the information browsing terminal 500 will be described in detail in the description of the information browsing terminal 500.

<Time information management means>
The time information management unit 114d of the browsing management unit 114 responds to a page transmission request (request for the guide page 150 or the like relating to a specific article) from the information browsing terminal 500 by its web page ( When a guide page 150 etc. is transmitted, a function of acquiring and managing time information at the time of the request or at the time of transmission is realized.

<Access ID management means>
The access ID management unit 114e of the browsing management unit 114 uniquely identifies the information browsing terminal 500 or the browsing user relating to the access when the information browsing terminal 500 makes an access for a page transmission request or the like. A function of acquiring and managing an ID (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as an “access ID”) for managing is realized. The access ID is a terminal ID that can uniquely identify the information browsing terminal 500 (such as IDFV as the terminal identification information), or a user ID that can uniquely identify the user of the information browsing terminal 500 (management. The user system 100 includes a unique user ID assigned when the user is registered).

[Relationship with reading table]
The browsing management means 114 uses the time information management means 114d when the guide page 150 is transmitted in response to a request (request for the guide page 150 relating to a specific article) from the information viewer terminal 500, The transmission time is stored in the browsing history table as the browsing time in association with the article ID related to the guide page 150. Using this browsing time, the bookmark management means 114c arranges the bookmarks in order from the newest browsing time and displays a list when displaying the bookmarks in the bookmark menu shown in FIG. 19 or the like, or as shown in FIG. The bookmarks of the guide page 150 browsed on a specific day of the calendar can be displayed in a list by arranging them in ascending order of browsing time. Further, when the guide page 150 is transmitted to the information browsing terminal 500, the browsing management means 114 has the location information of the information browsing terminal 500 (for example, the location information from the GPS or the like mounted on the information browsing terminal 500). May be acquired and associated with the article ID related to the guide page 150, and the position information thereof may be stored in the browsing history table as the browsing location. In this case, the browsing management unit 114 is equipped with a position information management unit (not shown) that realizes such a position information acquisition and management function. That is, as described above, in addition to the configuration in which the article ID management unit 111 includes the position information management unit 111d, the browsing management unit 114 may include the position information management unit. Since the position information of the browsing place is also the position information of the location of the article related to the article ID read by the information browsing terminal 500, the bookmark managing means 114c uses the information of the browsing location to When a bookmark is displayed in the bookmark menu shown in 19 or the like, the location of a specific bookmarked article is displayed using the geocoding function of the map API, or when the bookmark is displayed in the bookmark menu shown in FIG. 20 or the like. It is also possible to display the address of a specific bookmarked item by using the reverse geocoding function of the map API. Further, the browsing management unit 114 has a function of specifying the access ID of the information browsing terminal 500 when there is an access from the information browsing terminal 500.

[Information page creation method]
The guide page creating means 115 realizes a function for transmitting, from the administrator system 100 to the information viewer terminal 500, a guide page 150 of main information for an information viewer to browse using the information viewer terminal 500. To do. For example, the guide page transmission unit 114a realizes the function of creating the guide page 150 having the items shown in FIG. 17 or FIG. 18 as contents. Further, for example, the guide page creating unit 115 realizes a function of creating the guide page 150 relating to the issued main URL by the process for issuing the main URL (the latter half step of the URL issuing process) shown in FIG.

[Relationship with basic information table, etc.]
The guide page creating means 115 is used when the article ID issuing means 111a of the article ID managing means 111 issues the article ID and writes the article ID or the like in the basic information table 122 (or after that, it is constant). (When the time or period has passed), the article name (the article name in the case of the article) of the article related to the article ID, the article image of the article, the category of the article, and other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2, ..) (that is, they are used as contents) to create the guide page 150. At this time, the guide page creating means 115 extracts the URL (main URL) related to the article ID from the URL table 123 and associates it with the created guide page 150 URL. As a result, the information viewer terminal 500 requests the corresponding guide page 150 via the main URL, and the guide page personalizing means 114a of the browsing management means 114 displays the guide page 150 of the URL related to the request. The information is transmitted to the information viewer terminal 150.

[User management means]
The user management means 140 is a function realizing means for managing user information, and includes a user GUI means 141 and an information registration management means 142. The user information management unit 140 can be provided with a unit that implements other functions for managing the user information in addition to these.

[GUI means for users]
In the user GUI unit 141, the main user and the sub-users register their own main information and sub-information in the manager system 100 by using their own main user system 200 and sub-user system 300. It realizes the function of providing a user interface (GUI). For example, the user GUI means 141a transmits the web page for user information registration (user registration page UI10) shown in FIG. 3 from the administrator system 100 to the primary user system 200 and the secondary user system 300. To realize the function to be provided. As described above, when the information viewer also registers as the user, the user GUI unit 141 uses the information viewing terminal 5 of the information viewer to allow the information viewer to display his or her own information. It realizes the function of providing a user interface (GUI) for registering with.

[Information registration management means]
The information registration management means 142 stores the user information input by the primary user or the secondary user from the primary user system 200 or the secondary user system 300 using the user information registration GUI. A function for registering in 100 is realized.

[Relationship with user information table]
The information registration management means 142 writes the user ID and the user name in the user information table 125 each time the primary user or the secondary user registers his or her own user information. That is, the information registration management means 142 receives the user ID, user name, etc. of one user from the main user system 200 or the sub-user system 300 by the user GUI means 141. The user ID, the user name, etc. are written in the user information table 125.

[User Registration Page]
As shown in FIG. 3, the user registration page UI10 is a user interface (GUI) for the main user or the like to register his or her own user information by using the main user system 200 or the like. It has an information input area UI11 and a content confirmation button UI12. The user information input area UI11 includes input fields for user ID, user name, E-Mail, address, telephone, and FAX as input fields. The user ID may be a unique ID, or may be a mail address. As the user name, for example, a company name or the like is input. The user registration information page UI10 can be commonly used by the main user and the sub-users for user information registration, and the registration screen 240 of the main user system 200 and the sub-user system 300 can be used. Are displayed on the registration screens 340. When the content confirmation button UI12 is pressed, the content confirmation page of the input item of the user information input area UI11 is displayed on the registration screen 240 of the primary user system 200 (or the registration screen 340 of the secondary user system 300). It Then, although not shown, when there is no problem in the input content of the user information, by selecting and executing a button such as “send” provided on the content confirmation page, each data of the input content is changed to the administrator system 100. And is registered in the user information table 125 of the administrator system 100.

[Main user SYS: information registration means]
As shown in FIG. 4, the main user system 200 includes an information registration unit 210. The information registration means 210 realizes a function of registering the main information of the main user system 200 with the administrator system 100 and applying for issuing an article ID. Specifically, the information registration means 210 includes a main information registration means 211 and an article ID application means 212. The main information registration unit 211 uses the GUI (pages for main information registration in FIGS. 6 and 7) provided from the main information GUI unit 112a of the management system 100 as described above to store the main information. Realize the function to input and register. Further, the article ID application means 212 similarly uses the GUI (main information registration page in FIG. 6 or 7) provided from the main information GUI means 112a to apply for the article ID to the administrator system 100. To realize the function for.

[Main user SYS: ID assigning means]
The main user system 200 also includes an ID assigning unit 250. The ID assigning means 250 realizes a function of assigning the item ID issued by the administrator system 100 to the specific item of the main user and attaching it. More specifically, the ID assigning unit 250 includes an ID writing unit 251 and a tag attaching unit 252. The ID writing unit 251 realizes a function of writing a unique ID (ID for NFC, barcode, etc.) to each of the article ID media 411, 411a, and 411n that are the object of writing the article ID. For example, when the article ID media 411, 411a, 411n are NFC, the article ID is written in the storage area of the NFC tag according to the ID system unique to NFC, and the article ID media 411, 411a, 411n are two-dimensional barcodes. In the case of (2), the article ID is written (that is, printed) in the barcode tag (barcode tag made of printed matter) according to the ID system unique to the two-dimensional barcode. Further, the tag attaching means 252 realizes a function of attaching a tag (NFC tag or barcode tag) in which the article ID is written to a particular article to be attached, for example. For example, the tag attaching unit 252 can be configured by a device having a structure in which an adhesive or an adhesive is applied to the back surface of the tag in which the article ID is written and the tag is attached to the front surface of the article or the package of the article.

[Main user SYS: Main browsing information DB]
Further, the main user system 200 includes a main browsing information database (DB) 220 and an internal information database (DB) 230. The main browsing information DB 220 can be typically configured by a relational database (RDB) and includes a main browsing information table 221. The main browsing information table 221 is a table for storing and managing information corresponding to the main information, and as field names, product IDs, product names, product images, prices, and other attributes (attributes 1,... .) and stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The main browsing information DB 220 stores, for example, the basic information on the user's own product (similar to the main information on the product registered in the administrator system 100) by the main user, detailed information on the user's own product, and the like. It can be managed in the main user system 200, which is a system, and can be used for viewing and editing as needed. Further, the main browsing information DB 220 is used by, for example, a main user as a web page content providing means (similar to the guide page 150 provided by the administrator system 100) to a viewer who is interested in his/her product. It can also be used to inform.

[Internal information DB of main user SYS]
Further, the internal information DB 230 can be typically configured by a relational database (RDB) and includes an internal information table 231. The internal information table 231 is a table for storing and managing internal information of the main user (particularly, confidential information such as personal information), and as field names, data related to personal information (for example, own company or product). When registering general consumer information as a member regarding such information, the names of those members), data related to transaction information (for example, company name of the supplier or company name of the seller), and other internal information And stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The internal information DB 230 includes, for example, user information (user's personal information, information such as user's preference, etc.) of the article (commodity), as incidental information and related information about the article registered by the main user in the administrator system 100. , Other related information), and transaction information (suppliers, transaction records, etc.) related to the article are managed in the main user system 200, which is its own system, and viewed or edited as necessary. Can be used in. The information providing system does not need to manage the internal information in the administrator system 100 by providing the internal information DB 230 in the main user system 200, and ensures the security of the internal information in the administrator system 100. It is possible to eliminate the need for means and the like.

[Main user SYS: information processing operation]
An information processing operation between the main user system 200 and the administrator system 100 having the above configuration will be described. As shown in FIG. 4, first, when the main user wants to register the main information relating to his/her specific article in the administrator system 100, the main user uses the main user system 200 to make the administrator The main information is input and transmitted to the system 100 (that is, the main information is input to the main information registration page of FIG. 5 and the like and transmitted to the administrator system 100 as described above). In addition, the main user also applies for the product ID related to the product to the administrator system 100 (that is, as described above, selects the ID type of the product ID in the main information registration page such as FIG. 5). Then, the information of the article ID desired by the user is transmitted to the administrator system 100). On the other hand, the administrator system 100 registers the main information as described above, issues an article ID corresponding to the article, and transmits information on the fact to the main user system 200. ..

[Main information registration page]
As shown in FIG. 5, the main information registration page UI20 is a user interface (GUI) for the main user to register main information relating to his or her own article (usually a product) via the main user system 200. Yes, it has a first pane (first display area) PN1 and a second pane (second display area) PN2. The first pane PN1 has a main information input area UI21 and a content confirmation button UI25. The main information input area UI21 has a user ID, a user name, an ID type of an article ID, an article name, an attribute 1 (for example, a product price, etc.), an attribute 2 (for example, a quality display of a product) as an input field for the main information. Etc.), and (not shown) other necessary attributes (contents of product guarantee, etc.) input fields are provided. The user ID and the user name are the user ID and the user name registered on the user registration page UI10, and the user ID and the user name input fields are respectively the user at the time of login. The ID and registered user name are automatically displayed. The ID type has check boxes for NFC, bar code, and two-dimensional bar code, and the type of article ID desired by oneself is checked using this check field. Other input items are directly input. The main information input area UI21 further has an input field for geographic information as an input field, and the geographic information of the store of the main user (position information, address, map, map API You can also enter (geographical information etc.) and register as main information.

Further, the main information input area UI21 further includes an input field for detailed information URL as an input field, and a web page (for example, a detailed page of the detailed information URL as a content is provided in the input field for the detailed information URL). It is possible to input the URL of a self-operated web page in which the data of the main browsing information DB 220 provided on the main user system 200 side is posted as contents. The main information input area UI21 also has an approval mode input field UI21A. Further, the main information registration page UI20 has an article image link input field UI22 of the article related to the main information. The article image link input field UI22 is an input field for path information as link information of an article image displayed as an image of the article related to the main information on the guide page. In the article image link input field UI22, the file reference button UI23 is used to select the image file of the storage destination in which the article image is stored and the image addition button UI24 is selected and executed in the same manner as the normal file reference function. By doing so, the path of the selected image file is automatically input.

[Approval function with link]
Here, the approval mode input field UI21A has check boxes for normal approval and deletion approval, and is adapted to check either check box. More specifically, the present information providing system, when the sub-user system 300 receives a request (application) for associating (with a link) the sub-information of a specific sub-user with the main information of a specific article, the main A function for allowing the user to select whether or not the subordinate information may be linked to the main information related to his/her article (that is, to approve linking) (hereinafter referred to as "linking approval function"). Is provided (that is, an approval means with link for realizing the function therefor is provided), and the approval function with link (approval mode with link) is used as the normal approval function (normal approval mode). ) And a deletion approval function (deletion approval mode) (that is, a normal approval means and a deletion approval means for realizing those functions are provided). That is, the information providing system includes, as the linking approval means, a normal approval means for executing the processing shown in FIG. 14 and a deletion approval means for executing the processing shown in FIG. I have it. Therefore, the approval mode input field UI21A checks the check box for either normal approval or deletion approval so that the main user related to the main information in the administrator system 100 has the normal approval function as the link approval function. Alternatively, either the delete approval function can be selected.

[Link/access count display function]
The main information registration page UI20 has a registered article number display field UI26, a total link number display field UI27, and a total access number display field UI28 as display fields in the second pane PN2. The registered article number display field UI26 displays the total number of articles registered by the main user who has applied for registration of main information (and issued for issue of article ID) in the administrator system 100 up to now. That is, the administrator system 100 identifies the main user by the user ID, identifies the number of registered articles by the total number of article IDs, and displays the number of the main information registration page UI20 of the main user of the user ID. The function of displaying the registered article number is realized in the registered article number display field UI26 of the second pane PN2 (that is, the registered article number display means for realizing such a function is provided). Further, the total link number display field UI27 displays the total link number of the sub-information linked with the main information regarding all the registered articles of the main user. That is, the administrator system 100 specifies the main user by the user ID, specifies the total number of links of the sub information by the sub URL counting means 1113c, and registers the main information of the main user of the user ID. The function of displaying the total number of links in the total number of links display field UI27 of the second pane PN2 of the page UI20 is realized (that is, the total number of links display means for realizing such a function is provided). Further, the total access number display field UI28 displays the total access number from the information viewer terminal 500 to all the guide pages regarding the main information regarding all the registered articles of the main user. That is, the administrator system 100 specifies the main user by the user ID, specifies the total number of accesses to the guide page of the main information by the browsing/counting means 114b, and determines the main user of the main user of the user ID. A function of displaying the total number of accesses in the total access number display field UI28 of the second pane PN2 of the information registration page UI20 is realized (that is, a total access number display means for realizing such a function is provided). ..

[Main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page]
When the content confirmation button UI25 is pressed on the main information registration page UI20, the main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page UI30 shown in FIG. 6 is displayed on the registration screen 240 of the main user system 200 as the content confirmation page of the input item. It The main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page UI30 includes a first pane PN1 and a second pane PN2 corresponding to the configuration of the main information registration page UI20. On the other hand, the first pane PN1 has a main information confirmation area UI31 and an ID issuance request button UI33 as a configuration of confirmation items and the like corresponding to the configuration of input items and the like of the main information registration page UI20. The main information confirmation area UI31 includes, as display fields, a display field for user ID, user name, article ID, issue URL, article name, attribute 1, attribute 2, and other necessary attributes. The user ID and user name registered in the user registration page UI10 are displayed in the user ID and user name display fields, respectively. In the article ID display column, the article ID automatically issued by the article ID issuing means 111a of the administrator system 100 is displayed according to the article ID type checked in the ID type of the main information registration page UI20. In the display field of the issued URL, the URL (main URL) automatically issued for the guide page of the main information related to the issued article ID is displayed. In the display fields for article name, attribute 1, attribute 2, geographic information, and detailed URL, the input fields for article name, attribute 1, attribute 2, geographic information, and detailed URL of the main information registration page UI20 are entered. The contents are displayed. The main information confirmation area UI31 may display the type of approval mode (normal approval mode or deletion approval mode) selected in the approval mode input field UI21A of the main information registration page UI20. Further, the main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page UI30 has an article image display field UI32. The article image display field UI32 displays the article image of the path input in the article image link input field UI22 of the main information registration page UI20. Then, as shown in FIG. 6, when there is no problem in the input contents of the main information, by selecting and executing the ID issuance request button UI33 provided on the main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page UI30, each of those data can be obtained. It is transmitted to the administrator system 100 and registered in the basic information table 122 of the administrator system 100. Note that the issue of the article ID can also be executed at this timing.

[Main user process (main information registration process)]
The main information registration process (main user process) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 7. First, in the main user process, as shown in FIG. 7, when the main user accesses the administrator system 100 from the main user system 200 in STEP1, the administrator system 100 changes the main user system to the STEP2. The GUI information of the initial screen is transmitted to 200, and the initial screen is displayed on the registration screen 240 of the main user system 200. Note that this STEP 2 may be omitted. Next, in STEP 3, based on the user information such as the user ID input from the main user system 200, it is determined whether the accessed main user is an authorized main user, and the user is not the user. If judged, an error is displayed in STEP4. When it is determined in STEP 3 that the user is the user, in STEP 5, the administrator system 100 transmits the GUI information of the main information registration screen (main information registration page UI 20) to the main user system 200, and the main user system 200 The main information registration screen is displayed on the registration screen 240. Next, in STEP 6, when the input information is transmitted from the main user system 200 by the content confirmation button UI25 of the main information registration page UI20 to the administrator system 100, the administrator system 100 confirms the data of each input item. Then, in STEP 7, it is determined whether necessary basic information (main information) is input. If it is determined in STEP 7 that the necessary basic information has not been input, an error display is executed in STEP 8, STEP 5 is executed again, and this series of steps is repeated until the necessary basic information is input in the main information registration screen. The processing (STEP5 to STEP7) is repeated. On the other hand, when it is determined in STEP 7 that the necessary basic information has been input, in STEP 9, the type of the article ID related to the application is determined. When the type of the article ID determined in STEP 9 is NFC, the NFC-ID is issued in STEP 10. When the type of the article ID determined in STEP 9 is BC (one-dimensional barcode), the one-dimensional barcode ID is issued in STEP 11. When the type of the article ID determined in STEP 9 is a 2D (two-dimensional) barcode, the 2D barcode ID is issued in STEP 12. Next, in STEP 13, the administrator system 100 creates a confirmation page of the main information (main information registration confirmation/ID issue application page UI30) and transmits it to the main user system 200. Then, in STEP 14, when the confirmation information is transmitted to the administrator system 100 by the ID application button UI33 of the main information registration confirmation/ID issuance application page UI30, the administrator system 100 stores the main information as the confirmation information in the basic information table. It is stored in 122 and registered, and the main user processing is completed.

[URL issuing process]
An issue process (URL issue process) of the main URL associated with the guide page of the main information will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, in the URL issuing process, as shown in FIG. 8, when the main information is registered in STEP 14 (that is, the main user process STEP 14 is completed), the administrator system 100 sends the article ID in STEP 15. The main URL issuing unit 111b issues a URL (main URL) uniquely corresponding to the guide page related to the article of the main information issued, and the main URL is stored in the URL table 123 and registered. Next, in STEP 16, the administrator system 100 creates a guide page 150 corresponding to this main URL using the guide page creating means 115 based on the main information in the basic information table 122, and completes the URL issuing process. To do.

[Sub-user SYS: information registration means]
As shown in FIG. 9, the sub-user system 300 includes an information registration unit 310. The information registration means 310 realizes the function of registering the subsidiary information of the subsidiary user system 300 in the administrator system 100 and linking the subsidiary information to the main information. Specifically, the information registration unit 310 includes a sub information registration unit 311 and a position information unit 312. The sub information registration unit 311 uses the GUI (page for sub information registration of FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 or FIG. 12) provided from the sub information GUI unit 113a of the management system 100 as described above, A function for inputting and registering subordinate information is realized. Further, the position information means 312 realizes a function for the sub-user to register the geographical information (position information, address, etc.) of his/her shop or the like in the administrator system 100. The position information means 312 may be omitted.

[Sub-user SYS: URL registration means]
Further, the sub-user system 300 includes an information management means 350. When the subordinate user associates his or her subordinate information with the main information, the information management unit 350 sets the URL (subordinate URL) of the web page to be posted as the link information of the subordinate information of the guide page of the main information to the administrator. A function for registering in the subsidiary information registration management means 113b of the system 100, and thereafter managing the subsidiary URL and managing the subsidiary information is realized. Specifically, the information management means 350 includes a URL registration means 351. When the secondary user associates his or her secondary information with the primary information via the secondary user system 300, the URL registration means 351 has the URL of the guide page of the primary information (primary URL) or the article of the primary information. A function of registering the URL (subordinate URL) of the subordinate information in the ID in the subordinate information registration management unit 113b of the administrator system 100 is realized. Further, the URL registration means 351 realizes other functions for the sub-user to manage the sub-URL after the sub-user associates the sub-URL of its own sub-information with the main information via the sub-user system 300. Means for doing so may be provided. Further, the information management means 350 may include a time series display means 352. The time-series display unit 352 displays the main information guide page 150 for a specific item in order to determine whether the sub-user uses the sub-user system 300 to link his or her sub-information. When browsing, the browsing history is stored in the browsing history table 124 by the browsing management means 114 of the administrator system 100, and based on the browsing history, information (information browsing) regarding a specific article related to the guide page 150 browsed in the past. It realizes a function of displaying information corresponding to “article identification information” described later in the description of the worker terminal 500 on the registration screen 330 of the sub-user system 300 in time series. The time-series display unit 352 can have the same configuration as the time-series display unit 514 of the information viewer terminal 500, which will be described later. Therefore, the detailed description will be given in the time-series display unit 514 of the information viewer terminal 500. Will be used instead.

[Sub-user SYS: Sub-viewing information DB]
The subsidiary user system 300 also includes a subsidiary browsing information database (DB) 320 and an internal information database (DB) 330. The sub-browsing information DB 320 can be typically composed of a relational database (RDB) and includes a sub-browsing information table 321. The sub-browsing information table 321 is a table for storing and managing information corresponding to the sub-information, and as field names, product IDs, product names, product images, prices, and other attributes (attributes 1,... .) and stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The sub-browsing information DB 320 stores, for example, basic information related to its own product or store (similar to the sub-information registered in the administrator system 100) or detailed information of its own product or store by the sub-user. It can be managed in the sub-user system 300 that is a system, and can be used for viewing and editing as needed. Further, the sub-viewing information DB 320 can be used, for example, by a sub-user as a web page content providing means to provide information to a viewer or the like who is interested in his/her product.

[Sub-user SYS: Internal information DB]
Further, the internal information DB 330 can be typically configured by a relational database (RDB) and includes an internal information table 331. The internal information table 331 is a table for storing and managing internal information (in particular, confidential information such as personal information) of the sub-users, and data relating to personal information (for example, own company or product) as a field name. When registering general consumer information as a member regarding such information, the names of those members), data related to transaction information (for example, company name of the supplier or company name of the seller), and other internal information And stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The internal information DB 330 is, for example, as product information or store information related to the subsidiary information registered by the subsidiary user in the administrator system 100, user information of the product or store (personal information of the user, information such as user preference, and the like, and , Other related information) and transaction information (suppliers, transaction records, etc.) related to the product or store, are managed in the sub-user system 300 that is their own system, and can be viewed or edited as necessary. It can be used for various purposes. The information providing system does not need to manage the internal information in the administrator system 100 by providing the internal information DB 330 in the sub-user system 300, and secures the security of the internal information in the administrator system 100. It is possible to eliminate the need for means and the like.

[Supplementary User SYS: Outline of Subordinate Information Registration Processing Operation]
An information processing operation between the sub-user system 300 and the administrator system 100 having the above configuration will be described. As shown in FIG. 9, first, when the sub-user wants to link the sub-information related to his/her specific product or store to the main information registered in the administrator system 100, the sub-user is The administrator system 300 is used to input self-subordinate information to be linked to specific main information to the administrator system 100 and send a link application (that is, as described above, FIG. Input subordinate information to the subordinate information registration page such as and send it to the administrator system 100). In addition, the sub-user also transmits the sub-URL (URL of the sub-information details page of the linked product or store) used when linking the sub-information to the main information to the administrator system 100 ( That is, as described above, by inputting the secondary URL as the link destination URL in the secondary information registration page of FIG. 9 or the like, the link information of the secondary information desired by the user is transmitted to the administrator system 100). On the other hand, the administrator system 100 registers the subsidiary information as described above and, at the same time, registers the subsidiary information corresponding to the subsidiary information with the item ID of the target main information or the master of the guide page of the main information. Link to URL.

Note that this link application can be made using, for example, the guide page 150 shown in FIG. That is, in this case, when the sub-user has the main information to which the sub-information of the self is linked or the article related to the main information, the sub-user uses the information browsing terminal 500 to set the article IDs 411, 411a of the articles 410A, 410B, By reading 411n, the guide page 150 of the main information of the article ID is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information viewer terminal 500 of the user. In this case, the information viewer terminal 500 of the sub-user becomes the sub-user system 300. Then, in this case, when the sub-user selects and executes (clicks, etc.) the link registration button UI63 of the guide page 150, the link application information is transferred from the information viewer terminal 500 to the sub-information management means 113 of the administrator system 100. The slave information managing unit 113 is transmitted and executes the slave information registration processing operation as described above.

[Sub-information registration page]
As shown in FIG. 10, the sub-information registration page UI 40 is a user interface (GUI) for the sub-user to register the sub-information related to his or her own product or store via the sub-user system 300. It has a first pane PN1 and a second pane PN2. The first pane PN1 has a sub information input area UI42 and a content confirmation button UI46. The sub information registration page UI40 has a main information display field UI41 as a display field. The main information display field UI41 is adapted to automatically display the main information to which the subsidiary information should be linked. For example, when the sub-user selects, through the sub-user system 300, main information to which the sub-information of the sub-user is to be linked (for example, the article ID of a specific article is read by the ID reading unit of the sub-user system 300). When read by the), the administrator system 100 uses a part (for example, representative information) of the main information corresponding to the item ID based on the item ID of the main information by using the main information registration managing unit 112b. Then, it is extracted from the basic information table 122 and displayed on the main information display field UI41.

The sub-information input area UI42 is used as an input field for sub-information to input fields for user ID, user name, link destination URL, link destination description, supplementary explanation, and other necessary attributes (not shown). Equipped with. The user ID and the user name are the user ID and the user name registered on the user registration page UI10, and the user ID and the user name are entered in the input fields. The ID and registered user name are automatically displayed. The link destination URL is the URL of the sub information detail page of the sub information linked to the main information. The link destination description is a brief description of the secondary information detail page that is the link destination (for example, a related product name or a related store name that serves as a title of a web page). The supplementary explanation is, for example, a subsidiary information product or an introduction section (PR sentence) of a store or the like. These input items are designed to be input directly. The sub-information input area UI42 further includes an input field for geographical information as an input field, and the geographical information of the main user's store (positional information, address, map, map API Geographical information, etc.) can be input and registered as secondary information.

The subsidiary information input area UI42 also has a thumbnail image input field UI43. The thumbnail image input field UI43 links the path information of the thumbnail image storage destination for displaying the thumbnail of the image of the product etc. related to the subsidiary information and the subsidiary information to the guide page related to the main information to which the subsidiary information is linked. The API key of the map API for displaying the map of the store or the like related to the sub information is input to the guide page related to the main information to be added. In the thumbnail image input field UI43, in the case of a map API, the API key can be automatically input by selecting the API key or the like.

[Current access count/current link count display function]
The secondary information registration page UI40 has a current access number display field UI47 and a current link number display field UI48 as display fields in the second pane PN2. The current access count display field UI47 displays the total number of access to the guide page 150 of the main information to which the secondary information is linked, up to the present. That is, the administrator system 100 specifies the total number of accesses to the guide page of the main information by the browsing counting unit 114b, and links the main information to the main information in the second pane PN2 of the secondary information registration page UI40. A function of displaying the current access number is realized in the current access number display field UI47 (that is, a current access number display means for realizing such a function is provided). Further, the current link number display field UI48 displays the total number of links of the current (registered) subsidiary information in the guide page 150 of the main information to which the subsidiary information is linked. That is, the administrator system 100 specifies the total number of links of the sub-information of the guide page of the main information by the sub-URL counting means 1113c, and links the sub-information registration page UI40 to the main information. The function for displaying the current link number is realized in the current link number display field UI48 of the pane PN2 (that is, the current link number display means for realizing such a function is provided). As a result, the sub-user can determine how many accesses the main information linking his/her sub-information has at the time of attempting to link (that is, from the perspective of the information viewers centering on general consumers and From the perspective of B2C, information about how popular or interesting it is (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “consumer interest information”), and how many links it has (that is, subordinate It is possible to grasp information (hereinafter, may be referred to as “contractor interest degree information”) about the degree of popularity and the degree of interest from the perspective of the business operator centered on the user and the perspective of B2B. It is possible to determine whether or not to link the subsidiary information of the user to the main information in consideration of both the consumer interest degree information and the trader interest degree information.

[Sub-information confirmation page]
When the content confirmation button UI46 is pressed on the sub information registration page UI40, the sub information confirmation page UI50 shown in FIG. 11 is displayed on the registration screen 340 of the sub user system 300 as the content confirmation page of the input item. The sub information confirmation page UI50 includes a first pane PN1 and a second pane PN2 corresponding to the configuration of the sub information registration page UI40. On the other hand, the first pane PN1 has a main information display column UI51, a sub-information confirmation area UI51, and a link request button as the configuration of confirmation items and the like corresponding to the configuration of display items and input items of the sub-information registration page UI40. It has a UI 54. The main information display column UI51 has the same configuration as the main information display column UI41. The sub-information confirmation area UI51 includes, as display fields, display fields for user ID, user name, link destination URL, link destination description, supplementary description, and the like. The user ID and user name displayed are the user ID and user name registered on the user registration page UI10. In the link destination URL display field, the slave URL input in the link destination URL input field of the sub information registration page UI40 is displayed. In the link destination description display field, the description input in the link destination description input field of the sub-information registration page UI40 is displayed. In the supplementary explanation display field, the explanation input in the supplementary explanation input field of the sub-information registration page UI40 is displayed. Further, the sub-information confirmation page UI50 has a thumbnail image display area UI53. In the thumbnail image display area UI53, the thumbnail image (or the map based on the map API) input in the thumbnail image input area UI43 of the sub information registration page UI40 is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 11, when there is no problem in the input content of the sub information, by selecting and executing the link application button UI54 provided on the sub information confirmation page UI50, each of those data is transmitted to the administrator system 100. It is registered in the URL table 123 of the administrator system 100.

[Sub-information registration page (another example)]
As shown in FIG. 12, the subsidiary information registration page UI 40A has a simple configuration as another example of the subsidiary information registration page UI 40. That is, in the sub information registration page UI40A, the sub information input area UI41A has only the user ID, the link destination URL, and the link destination description.

[Process for sub-users (sub-information registration process)]
The sub-information registration process (sub-user process) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 13, the process for the sub-user is, in STEP 21, the sub-user uses the article ID reading means of the sub-user system 300 to display the article related to the main information to which the sub-information is linked. When the article ID is read, in STEP 22, the administrator system 100 transmits the information of the guide page 150 of the main information to the subsidiary user system 300, and displays the guide page 150 on the registration screen 340 of the subsidiary user system 300 (( Display (for confirmation of main information, for example). Note that STEP 22 may be omitted. Next, at STEP 23, based on the user information such as the user ID input from the sub-user system 00, it is determined whether the accessed sub-user is a legitimate sub-user, and if it is not the user. If judged, an error is displayed in STEP24. When it is determined in STEP23 that the user is the user, in STEP25, the administrator system 100 transmits the GUI information of the slave information registration screen (slave information registration page UI40) of the slave user system 300, The information registration screen is displayed according to the registration screen 340. Next, in STEP26, when the input information is transmitted from the subordinate user system 300 by the content confirmation button UI46 of the subordinate information registration page UI40 to the administrator system 100, the administrator system 100 confirms the data of each input item. Then, in STEP 27, it is determined whether or not the URL of the subsidiary information (subordinate URL) for linking to the main information is input. If it is determined in STEP 27 that the secondary URL has not been input, an error display is executed in STEP 28, STEP 25 is executed again, and this series of processing is performed until the secondary URL is input on the secondary information registration screen (STEP 25- STEP 27) is repeated. On the other hand, when it is determined in STEP 27 that the secondary URL has been input, the administrator system 100 creates a secondary information confirmation page (slave information confirmation page UI50) and transmits it to the primary user system 300 in STEP 29. .. Then, in STEP 30, when the confirmation information is transmitted to the administrator system 100 by the link application button UI 54 of the sub information confirmation page UI 50, the administrator system 100, in STEP 31, the approval method for approving the linking of the sub information. The (approval mode) is determined based on the approval mode selected on the main information registration page UI20. When it is determined in STEP 31 that the approval method is the normal approval mode, the normal approval means executes the normal approval routine shown in FIG. 14 in STEP 40. On the other hand, when it is determined in STEP 31 that the approval method is the deletion approval mode, in STEP 50, the deletion approval means executes the deletion approval routine shown in FIG. As a result of STEP 40 or STEP 50, when the linking of the subordinate information related to the application is approved, the subordinate information as finalized information is stored and registered in the URL table 123 in the link registration/page update routine of STEP 60, and is registered as the main information On the other hand, the secondary information is linked and registered, and the content of the guide page (the secondary information-related content) is updated, and the processing for the secondary user is completed.

[Normal approval processing (normal approval routine)]
The above normal approval routine will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, in the normal approval routine, as shown in FIG. 14, when the sub-user system 300 makes an application for linking the sub-information with respect to specific main information to the administrator system 100 in STEP 41, in STEP 42. The administrator system 100 sends a confirmation mail with a link for an approval page (for approving the linking of the secondary information) to the main user system 200. When the main user clicks the link of the confirmation mail with link in STEP 43 by the main user system 200, an approval page (web page) is displayed on the registration screen 240 of the main user system 200. The approval page displays the secondary information detail page (displayed by clicking the secondary URL of the secondary information on the guide page) for the confirmation of the primary user (or the summary of the secondary information detail page). In addition, it has buttons for link approval (link approval means) such as a delete button and an approval button.

Next, in STEP 44, the main user determines whether to approve the link application. That is, when the main user does not approve (reject) the link of the subordinate information for which the link application is applied to his or her main information, the main user selects and executes the delete button or the like on the approval page (that is, , Execute link approval means for rejection). As a result, the link application is rejected in STEP 45, and the secondary information is not linked to the main information. In addition, regarding the secondary information for which the link application is rejected, even if the link application for the same secondary information is subsequently made, the same URL rejection routine of STEP 46 is used to determine the primary information in the past based on the secondary URL of the secondary information. It is determined whether or not the link application of the subordinate information to the subordinate information has been rejected (for example, by a flag), and for the subordinate information having the same subordinate URL as the subordinate URL of the rejected subordinate information, the relink application is automatically performed. It is supposed to be rejected by. On the other hand, in STEP44, when the main user approves the link of the sub information for which the link application is made to the main information of the self, the main user selects and executes an approval button or the like on the approval page (that is, Execute the link approval means for approval). As a result, in STEP 47, the link registration process for the secondary URL related to the link application is executed, and the secondary information is linked to the primary information. Then, when the link registration process is executed, the corresponding content of the guide page is updated in STEP 48 (that is, the secondary information related to the new link registration is posted and the current number of links is incremented).

[Deletion approval process (deletion approval routine)]
The deletion approval routine will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, in the normal approval routine, when there is a sub-information link application from the sub-user system 300 to specific main information, the administrator system 100 provides the main user with an approval page, Whether or not to approve the linking of the subordinate information of another person to the main information of the subordinate information is voluntarily judged before the linking of the subordinate information, and the main user makes an approval intention via the main user system 200 Only the displayed sub-information is linked to the main information and the guide page is updated. On the other hand, in the deletion approval routine, when there is a sub information link application to the specific main information from the sub user system 300, the administrator system 100 receives all the link applications without the approval of the main user. While updating the guide page by link-registering the sub-information of the main information to the main information, the third-party who views the guide page of the main information (usually a person other than the main user and the sub-user) Provide a function to request (apply) to delete a link of any one (one or more) of the subordinate information linked to the main information (that is, the administrator system 100 realizes such a function by "link"). By providing a means for applying for deletion"), a third party is made to judge whether or not specific subordinate information is appropriate as a link target of specific main information. Specifically, in the deletion approval routine, as shown in FIG. 15, in STEP 51, when the sub-user system 300 requests the management system 100 to link the sub-information with respect to specific main information, Unlike the normal approval routine, in STEP 52, the administrator system 100 uses the sub-information registration management unit 113b to target the sub-information of the sub-user relating to the application (before obtaining the approval of the main user). The link is immediately registered to the information, and the sub-information portion of the guide page of the main information is updated to include the sub-information for which the link is applied (that is, the same routine as the link registration/page updating process of STEP 50). Perform processing).

Next, in STEP 53, the administrator system 100 monitors the output from the link deletion requesting means for the guide page in which the subsidiary information is updated, and determines whether or not a link deletion request has been made for the main information of the subsidiary information. To judge. Note that the link deletion application means can be realized by, for example, a “link deletion application button” provided near (for example, on the right side) of each sub-information link on the guide page, and the guide page is displayed on the information browsing terminal. When the viewer who browsed in 500 determines that the link of the specific subsidiary information with respect to the main information is not appropriate, by selecting and executing the link deletion request button, the subsidiary information registration of the information management system 100 from the information browsing terminal 500 is performed. The deletion request information may be transmitted to the management unit 113b, and the subsidiary information registration management unit 113b may be configured to execute the deletion application process.

While there is no link deletion application for the specific subsidiary information in STEP 53, the link to the main information for the subsidiary information is maintained in STEP 54. On the other hand, when the link deletion is applied in STEP 53, the administrator system 100 deletes the link of the subsidiary information with respect to the main information related to the application in STEP 55, and updates the guide page of the main information in STEP 56 ( That is, the subordinate information is deleted, and the current link number is decremented and updated). Next, in STEP 57, the administrator system 100 sends a confirmation mail with a link for a URL return page (for returning the deleted link) to the main user system 200. When the main user clicks the link of the confirmation mail with link in STEP 58 by the main user system 200, the URL restoration page (web page) is displayed on the registration screen 240 of the main user system 200. The URL return page displays the secondary information detail page with the link deleted for confirmation by the main user (or is a web page that provides an overview of the secondary information detail page). It has a button for link deletion approval/return (link deletion approval/return means) such as a return button.

Next, in STEP 44, the main user determines whether to approve the deletion of the target sub-information link or to restore the link-deleted sub-information link. That is, when the main user approves the deletion of the link of the sub-information that has been deleted for its own main information, the main user selects and executes the delete approval button on the URL return page (or Exit the URL recovery page without pressing the return button). As a result, in STEP 60, the link deletion state by the administrator system 100 is maintained, and the deleted subsidiary information is not relinked to the main information. On the other hand, in STEP 59, when the primary user desires to restore the link of the secondary information whose link has been deleted with respect to his or her primary information (that is, when it is determined that the link deletion is not appropriate), the primary user: Select and execute the return button on the URL return page. As a result, in STEP 61, the administrator system 100 restores the link of the sub-information whose link has been deleted, and links the deleted sub-information to the main information again. Then, when the link restoration process is executed in STEP 61, the corresponding content of the guide page is updated in STEP 62 (that is, the secondary information related to the restored link registration is posted and the current number of links is incremented). ). Next, in STEP 70, the administrator system 100 determines that the person who deleted the specific sub-information that restored the link to the specific main information (hereinafter, may be referred to as “link deleter”) has the same main information. For the same person who deletes the link, the authority to delete the link of the same sub-information related to the same main information, so that the link of the same sub-information concerned will not be deleted again after that (after link return). Execute the process of depriving (same deletion main authority deprivation process). As a result, when there is a link deletion application for the same subsidiary information related to the same main information, the administrator system 100 determines that the link deletion applicant applies the link information related to the main information in the deletion request determination step of STEP 53. It is judged whether or not the authority to delete the link of the subsidiary information has been stripped (for example, the user ID of the item is judged), and the link deletion request from the same deletion owner is rejected.

[Information viewer terminal: Information browsing means]
As shown in FIG. 16, the information browsing terminal 500 includes an information browsing unit 510 and an ID reading unit 520. The ID reading unit 520 realizes a function of reading the article IDs 411, 411a to 411n attached to the articles 410A and 410B. Further, the information browsing unit 510 realizes the function of displaying the guide page 150 associated with the article ID read by the ID reading unit 520 on the browsing screen 530 of the information browsing terminal 510. Specifically, the ID reading unit 520 has a decoding unit 521 and a browser starting unit 522. The decoding unit 521 realizes a function of decoding the article ID read by the ID reading unit 520 into data that can be processed by the information viewer terminal 500. Further, the browser activation unit 522 realizes the function of activating the web browser (application) of the information viewer terminal 500 by using the decoding of the decoding unit 521 as a trigger.

The information browsing unit 510 has a page request unit 511, a page display unit 512, a bookmark unit 513, and a time series display unit 514. The page request unit 511 realizes a function of requesting the page information of the guide page 150 associated with the article ID read by the ID reading unit 520 to the browsing management unit 114 of the administrator system 100. Further, the page display unit 512 realizes a function of displaying the guide page 150 on the browsing screen 530 based on the page information transmitted from the browsing management unit 114 of the administrator system 100. The functions of the page request unit 511 and the page display unit 512 can be realized by utilizing the function of the web browser of the information viewer terminal. On the other hand, the bookmark means 513 is a bookmark means provided from the bookmark management means 114c of the administrator system 100, and when an information viewer browses the guide page 150 by the information viewer terminal 500, the guide page 150 is displayed. Realizes a function of managing bookmarks of articles related to. The function of the bookmark unit 513 can also be realized by using the function of the web browser of the information viewer terminal.

[Information viewer terminal: Location information providing means, etc.]
The information browsing terminal 500 further includes a position information providing unit 525, a time information providing unit 526, and an access ID providing unit 527. The positional information providing unit 525 uses the positional information of the information browsing terminal 500 at the time when the information browsing terminal 500 reads the article ID by the ID reading unit, and the positional information such as GPS installed in the information browsing terminal 500. The providing means is used to realize the function of providing the browsing management means 114 of the administrator system 100. This position information providing function is provided by the article ID management means 111 or the browsing management means 114 of the administrator system 100 (for functions other than the position information acquisition function by GPS etc.) (function on the administrator system 100 side). ) Can also be used. Further, the time information providing unit 526 mounts the time information (information specifying the year, month, day, hour, minute and second) at the time when the information browsing terminal 500 reads the article ID by the ID reading unit on the information browsing terminal 500. A function provided to the browsing management means 114 of the administrator system 100 is realized by using a clock function or the like. This time information providing function can also be realized by using a function provided by the time information management means 114d of the browsing management means 114 of the administrator system 100 (a clock function or the like on the administrator system 100 side). The access ID providing means 527 realizes a function of providing the access ID (terminal ID or user ID) for specifying the information viewer terminal 500 or the viewer.

[Information page (detailed version)]
As shown in FIG. 17, the guide page 150 is a web page in which the main information regarding one specific article is posted and all sub-information linked to the main information regarding the article is posted. More specifically, the guide page 150 is a user interface (GUI) UI 60 that an information viewer can browse using the information viewer terminal 500, and includes a first pane PN1 and a second pane PN2. .. The first pane PN1 has a main information display column UI61 and a sub information display column UI62. The main information display field UI61 displays, as the main information, a product image and a product description of a product as the specific product. Further, the subsidiary information display field UI62 displays, as the subsidiary information, information such as stores and related products linked to the main information. It should be noted that the display information may be at least a link to a subsidiary information detail page having detailed information of the subsidiary information, and this link is configured, for example, by adding a link to the title of the subsidiary information detail page. You can also In FIG. 17, store x, store y, etc. are displayed as a title with a link to the sub information detail page. By selecting and executing (clicking, etc.) this link, the corresponding sub information detail page is displayed. It can be displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the browser terminal 500. A link registration button UI63 is arranged at the lower end of the first pane PN1. This link registration button UI63 sends a signal which becomes a starting point (trigger of an event) of the sub information registration processing operation by the sub user system 300 by selection execution (click etc.) to the sub information management means 113 of the administrator system 100. Realize the function to send to.

On the other hand, in the second pane PN2, as the display columns, the current access number display column UI47 and the current link number display column UI48 described in the sub information confirmation page UI50 (FIG. 11) are displayed. When the information viewer reads the article IDs 411, 411a, 411n of the particular articles 410A, 410B of interest by the ID reading section 520 of the information browse terminal 500, the decoding section 521 causes the article IDs 411, 411a, 411n is decoded, and the browser activation unit 522 activates the browser of the information viewer terminal 500. Further, the page requesting unit 511 of the information browsing unit 510 requests the browsing management unit 114 of the administrator system 100 for the main information guide pages 150a, 150b,..., 150n related to the article IDs 411, 411a, 411n, When the guide page transmission unit 114b of the browsing management unit 114 of the administrator system 100 transmits the guide pages 150a, 150b,..., 150n to the information browser terminal 500, the page display unit of the information browser terminal 500. 512 displays the guide page 150 on the browsing screen 530. At this time, the administrator system 100 uses the browse count means 114b of the browse management means 114 to count up the access to the information visitor terminal 500 (by 1) and display the current access count in the current access count display field UI47. The number is updated, and the guide page 150 with the updated current access number is transmitted to the information viewer terminal 500.

[Item list display means]
The information browsing unit 510 further includes article list display units 513 and 514. The article list display means 513, 514 has a function of displaying a list of specific articles (article groups) related to the main information of the guide page 150 that the information viewer has browsed (browsed) in the past via the information browser terminal 500. To realize. For example, the bookmark unit 513 and/or the time-series display unit 514 are used. The bookmark means 513 and the time-series display means 514 as the article list display means are typically both information readers who read the article ID of a particular article by the information browser terminal 500, and the particular article. When the guide page 150 relating to the main information is viewed, it is provided from the administrator system 100 to the information viewer terminal 500 as a function realizing means. At this time, the bookmark means 513 and the time-series display means 514 as the article list display means realize, for example, the guide page 150 (which realizes a function corresponding to a client-side or server-side program in a predetermined script language or the like). It is provided as a means.

[Bookmark method]
When the information viewer reads the article ID of a specific article by the information browsing terminal 500 and browses the guide page 150 relating to the main information of the specific article, the bookmark unit 513 identifies the specific article. A function of bookmarking and managing main information (specifically, representative main information) of a specific article as a physical medium via the bookmark is realized. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, a bookmark icon BMI is arranged at a predetermined portion (for example, a title bar portion) of the guide page 150 (UI60), and the bookmark icon BMI is selected (by clicking or the like) and executed. Thus, a predetermined bookmark menu (for example, shown in FIG. 20) is displayed on the guide page 150 (or a bookmark display section displayed in a window or a pane different from the guide page 150). In the bookmark menu, the bookmark means 513, like the bookmark manager implemented in a normal web browser, has a registration function (register) for bookmark-registering a specific article related to main information of a specific guidance page selected by itself. Button, etc.), list display function to display registered (bookmarked) items as a list (drop-down list, etc.), and select and execute one desired item from the displayed items (by mouse click etc.) By this, a predetermined function such as an access function for accessing the guide page 150 related to the main information of the article is provided (that is, a function realizing means for realizing those functions is provided). The individual function realizing means of the bookmark means 513 will be described in more detail when the bookmark menu is described with reference to FIG.

[Time series display means]
The time-series display means 514 displays all the specific articles related to the main information of the guide page browsed by the information viewer in the past by the information viewer terminal 500 on the browsing screen 530 of the information viewer terminal 500 in time series. Realize the function. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, a time-series display icon TDI is arranged at a predetermined portion (for example, a title bar portion) of the guide page 150 (UI60), and the time-series display icon TDI is clicked (by clicking or the like). ) By executing the selection, the article list as a predetermined time-series display list (for example, shown in FIG. 19) is displayed in a time series displayed in the guidance page 150 (or a window or a pane different from the guidance page 150). It is designed to be displayed on the display section). The time-series display unit 514 selects and executes a desired one of the displayed items in the item list as the time-series display list (by mouse clicking or the like) to display the main information of the item. A predetermined function such as an access function for accessing the guide page 150 is provided (that is, a function realizing means for realizing those functions is provided). The individual function realizing means of the time series display means 514 will be described in more detail when the article list as the time series display list is described with reference to FIG.

[Information page (simplified version)]
The guide page 150 may be embodied as a simplified type guide page 150 (UI60A) in which the number of display items is smaller than that of the guide page 150 (UI60) in FIG. 17, as shown in FIG. Specifically, in this case, the guide page 150 (UI60A) has a smaller number of information items (smaller amount of information) in the main information display field UI61A of the first pane PN1 than in the case of the guide page 150 (UI60). Display information. For example, the main information display field UI61A displays an image (product image) of a specific product (product) related to the main information and a representative attribute description (product name, price, etc.) of attributes (product description). To do. Similarly, the guide page 150 (UI60A) displays sub-information having a smaller number of information items (smaller information amount) than the case of the guide page 150 (UI60) in the sub-information display field UI62A of the first pane PN1. .. For example, the subsidiary information display field UI62A displays a typical attribute description (store name etc.) of the attribute description (product description etc.) of the article (product etc.) related to the subsidiary information. The other configuration of the guide page 150 (UI60A) is the same as that of the guide page 150 (UI60).

[Time-series display list (time-series display means)]
As shown in FIG. 19, the time-series display means 514 is embodied by an article browsing page TD10 as a GUI displayed in a window different from the guidance page 150, for example. Specifically, the article browsing page TD10 is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information browsing terminal 500 when the information browsing terminal 500 accesses the administrator system 100. For example, when the information browsing terminal 500 reads the article ID of a specific article and accesses the guidance page 150 of the article, the information page is displayed as a separate window from the guidance page 150 (for example, a mode in which the guidance page 150 is displayed in duplicate). Then, the article browsing page TD10 may be displayed on the browsing screen 530. Alternatively, when the information viewer terminal 500 reads the article ID of a specific article and accesses the guidance page 150 of the article, the information browsing terminal 150 displays the time series display icon TDI on the guidance page 150, and the time series display icon TDI. The article browsing page TD10 may be displayed on the browsing screen 530 by selectively executing. Alternatively, when the information browsing terminal 500 accesses the administrator system 100 without reading the article ID of a specific article (for example, when accessing the home page of the administrator system 100 by entering his/her own user information). In addition, the article browsing page TD10 may be displayed on the browsing screen 530.

Further, the time series display unit 514 realizes the function of displaying the article list TD11 as the time series display list on the article browsing page TD10. This article list TD11 is a time series of information (hereinafter, may be referred to as “article identification information”) that identifies the article related to the main information of the guide page 150 that the information browser browsed in the past by the information browse terminal 500. The list is displayed with. At this time, the article list TD11 may display the article identification information of the articles related to all the guide pages 150 browsed in the past, but in consideration of the excessive display number, a part of the article identification is specified. Information (typically, article-specific information of only articles that are considered to be most interesting to the viewer) can be displayed. In this case, in the article list TD11, from all the guide pages 150 browsed by the information viewer terminal 500 in the past by the information viewer, from the newest browsing time to a certain number, the newest browsing time is better. It is preferable to display the images so that they are arranged in a higher rank.

It should be noted that, as the information for specifying an article, for example, there is an article name (commodity name) of the article (for example, a commodity), but it is assumed that the article cannot be identified only by the article name because the article names overlap. Therefore, the mixed information in which the article name and the location of the article (such as the address of the location) are combined can be used as the article identification information. In the example of FIG. 19, mixed information in which a product name is combined with the location of the product is used as the item specifying information. In this case, the location of the product can be the address of a store or the like that handles the product, but since the address information has a large amount of information (the number of characters) as the title information, it is shown as “A place” in FIG. As described above, for the sake of convenience of displaying the list, it is preferable to use, as the location, information that briefly indicates the location (for example, address information such as a town name or a section name in the address that allows the general location to be easily grasped).

Further, in this case, the time-series display unit 514, as shown in the upper drawing (screen configuration diagram) in FIG. 19, selects any one item specifying information among the item specifying information displayed in the item list TD11. It is also possible to display the detailed information of the location of the article specifying information (that is, the entire address) by specifying with the mouse over or the like. Further, as shown in the lower drawing (screen configuration diagram) in FIG. 19, the time-series display unit 514 uses the mouse to display any one item specifying information among the item specifying information displayed in the item list TD11. It is also possible to display the map information MP of the location of the article specifying information by specifying by overrunning. For example, in this case, the time-series display unit 514 displays the address of the location OB in the map of a certain range including the address of the location of the product (that is, the location of the place where the product is placed, such as a store) OB. It can be configured to be specified and displayed by the pin PN.

Further, the time-series display unit 514 refers to the time when the information browsing terminal 500 browses the guide page of the main information about the article when displaying the article specifying information in the article list TD11, and the browsing time is new. The article specifying information is arranged in order (that is, the one with the most recent browsing time is displayed at the highest level, and thereafter, the browsing time is displayed in ascending order), and the article specifying information is displayed in a list. In detail, since the time-series display means 514 can be embodied as a function realizing means provided from the browsing management means 114 of the manager system 100, in this case, the manager system 100 relates to a specific article. When the guide page is accessed, the access ID management unit 114e of the viewing management unit 114 specifies the access ID (user ID or terminal ID) of the information viewer or the information viewer terminal 500 as the access source. The time management unit 114d identifies the access time and stores the combination information of the access ID and the access time in the browsing history table 124 in association with the article ID of the article. Thereby, the administrator system 100, when subsequently accessed from the information browsing terminal 500, uniquely identifies the information browsing terminal 500 by the access ID and sets all the article IDs associated with the access ID. The article specifying information of the article can be displayed in time series on the article list TD11.

Then, when the information viewer selects and executes the item specifying information related to the desired item (for which information is desired) from the item specifying information in the item list TD11, the information browsing page 150 of the main information related to the item is displayed. It is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the worker terminal 500.

[Bookmark menu (bookmark method)]
As shown in FIG. 20, the bookmark means 513, like the time-series display means 514, is embodied by an article browsing page BM20 as a GUI displayed in a window separate from the guidance page 150. Specifically, the article browsing page BM20 is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information browsing terminal 500 when the information browsing terminal 500 accesses the administrator system 100, similarly to the time series display unit 514.

Further, the bookmark means 513 realizes a function of displaying the bookmark menu BM21 on the article browsing page BM20. This bookmark menu BM21 is a time series of information (article identification information) for identifying the article registered as a bookmark among the articles related to the main information of the guide page browsed by the information viewer terminal 500 in the past by the information viewer. It is a list display. As the item specifying information, the same item specifying information as in the case of the item list TD11 can be used.

Further, in this case, as in the case of the time-series display unit 514, the bookmark unit 513, as shown in FIG. 20, displays any one item specifying information among the item specifying information listed in the bookmark menu BM21. It is also possible to display the detailed information of the location of the article specifying information (that is, the entire address) by specifying with the mouse. Further, as in the case of the time-series display means 514, the bookmark means 513 identifies the location of the item specifying information by specifying any one item specifying information among the item specifying information displayed in the bookmark menu. It can also be configured to display the map information of.

Similarly to the case of the time-series display unit 514, the bookmark unit 513, when displaying the item specifying information in the bookmark menu BM21 as a list, arranges the items in order from the newest browsing time and displays the item specifying information as a list.

Then, when the information viewer selects and executes the item specifying information of the desired item (for which information is desired) from the item specifying information of the bookmark menu BM21, the information browsing page 150 of the main information of the item is displayed. It is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the worker terminal 500.

[Item list registration/Bookmark registration]
In the display processing of the article list TD11 by the time series display means 514 and the display processing of the bookmark menu BM21 by the bookmark means 513, for example, as shown in the left column ST10 in FIG. Is the article ID, and based on the article ID, as shown in the middle column ST11 in FIG. 21, the article identification information is registered, and when any one article identification information is selected and executed in the article list TD1 or the bookmark menu BM21. As shown in the right column ST12 in FIG. 21, the guide page 150 is displayed on the information viewer terminal 500 based on the URL of the guide page 150 of the article corresponding to the article specifying information.

[Another example of article browsing page 1]
The article browsing page TD10 shown in FIG. 20 has a configuration in which the article identification information of the article relating to the main information is displayed in a list in the article list TD11 so that the guidance page 150 of the article can be accessed with one click. 22. However, the article browsing page TD30 shown in FIG. 22 enables the article list TD31 to access the article guidance page 150 related to the main information with one click, and is linked to the main information of each article. The sub information details page of sub information can be accessed with one click. More specifically, the time-series display unit 514 identifies the location of the item specifying information by specifying any one item specifying information among the item specifying information displayed in the item list TD31 by mouseover or the like. Information that displays the detailed information (or does not display such detailed information of the location) and specifies the sub-information linked to the main information of the article related to the article identification information (hereinafter, "sub-information identification"). "May be referred to as "information".) is displayed in the subsidiary information list TD32 in association with the article specifying information. In this case, the time-series display unit 514 is configured to display, in the same manner as in the case of the article list TD11, the sub-information list TD32, the address information of the product of the sub-information specifying information, the address of the location of the store, etc. You can also do it. Then, when the information viewer selects and executes desired sub information specifying information (who wants to obtain information) from the sub information specifying information of the sub information list TD32, the sub information detailed page of the sub information related to the sub information specifying information. Is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information browsing terminal 500. Note that this configuration can be embodied as a similar configuration in the bookmark menu by the bookmark unit 513.

[Another example 2 of article browsing page]
As shown in FIG. 23, the article browsing page CA is configured to display the article identification information relating to the particular article in a calendar format. Specifically, the time-series display unit 514 is based on the access time to the guide page 150 of the specific article registered by the administrator system 100 in association with the access ID of the specific information viewer or the information viewer terminal 500. An article browsing page CA, which is a calendar-type user interface (GUI), is created and displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information browsing terminal 500. Then, the time-series display means 514 displays, in each date column of the article browsing page CA, the article identification information of the article related to the guide page 150 browsed by the information browser of the access ID or the information browser terminal 500. Can be configured as follows. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 23, the time-series display means 514 browses the guide page 150 browsed by the information viewer of the access ID or the information viewer terminal 500 on that date in each date column of the article browsing page CA. The number is displayed (for example, the number of views is "1" on January 5, and the number of views is "2" on January 13), and the number of views can be selected and executed by clicking the mouse to browse on that date. It is possible to display the article specifying information of the article related to the displayed guide page 150 as the browsing list L. Note that this configuration can be embodied as a similar configuration in the bookmark menu by the bookmark unit 513.

[Bookmark processing (BM processing)]
The bookmark process executed by using the bookmark unit 513 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, in the bookmark process, as shown in FIG. 24, when there is an access from the information browsing terminal 500 to the administrator system 100 in STEP 71, the administrator system 100 uses the information browsing terminal 500 in STEP 72. The information viewer who does this determines whether or not he/she has logged in by inputting his/her registration information (user ID, etc.) (in the case of a registered user). If there is a login, the login information (user The user is specified based on the ID, etc.). If there is no login in STEP 72, the administrator system 100 determines in STEP 74 whether or not the information browsing terminal 500 has a terminal ID. Uniquely identify. If there is no terminal ID in STEP 74, the administrator system 100 executes exception processing in STEP 76. When the administrator system 100 uniquely identifies the information viewer as a user in STEP 73, or uniquely identifies the information viewer terminal 500 in STEP 75, in STEP 77, a bookmark unique to the user or the information viewer terminal 500 is created. The means 513 (that is, the bookmark means 513 for displaying the bookmark menu of the article specifying information unique to the user or the information viewer terminal 500) is provided to the information viewer terminal 500.

Note that this bookmark processing can also be applied to the display processing (time-series display processing) of the article list by the time-series display means 514. That is, in the time-series display processing in this case, the same processing is executed in the above-mentioned STEP 71 to STEP 76, and in STEP 77, the time-series display means 514 (that is, the user or the information) unique to the user or the information browsing terminal 500. The information browsing terminal 500 is provided with a time-series display means 514) for displaying the article list of the article specifying information unique to the browsing terminal 500.

[Display order of item-specific information]
As described above, the display order of the item specifying information of the item list by the time-series display unit 514 or the bookmark unit 513 is basically such that the browsing time of the guide page 150 related to the item specifying information is higher from the latest. Display order. Further, even if the information viewer or the information viewer terminal 500 displays the guide page 150 browsed in the past in the lower order in this display order, the article specific information related to the guide page 150 most recently browsed again is the most It can be configured to display at the top (that is, to perform processing such as pushing up the rank to the top). On the contrary, regarding the guide page 150 browsed by the information viewer or the information viewer terminal 500 in the past, even if the guide page 150 is displayed in the higher order in this display order, within the most recent fixed period (for example, the most recent month, the most recent week). It is possible to display the item specifying information related to the guide page 150 that has not been browsed again in (1) or the like) in a lower order or exclude it from the display target.

Further, the number of items of the item specifying information displayed in the item list by the time-series display unit 514 or the bookmark unit 513 is the latest among the item specifying information related to the guide page 150 browsed by the information viewer or the information viewer terminal 500 in the past. It is preferable to display only the items (for example, the latest month, the latest week, the latest 3 days, the latest 1 day, etc.). Further, the data stored in the browsing history table 124 by the browsing management means 114 of the administrator system 100 is the latest for a fixed period (for example, the latest one year, the latest 6 months, the latest 3 months, the latest 1 month, etc.). can do.

Embodiment 2
[Outline of configuration of administrator system of this information providing system]
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention is different from the information providing system according to the first embodiment in the configuration of the administrator system 1100, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the administrator system 1100 includes an information management unit and a management information database 1120, like the administrator system 100 of the first embodiment. The information management means of the second embodiment has basically the same configuration as the information management means 110 of the administrator system 100 of the first embodiment, but the information management database 1120 manages the information of the first embodiment. A node table 1121 is provided instead of the article ID table 121 of the person system 100, and a link table 1123 is provided instead of the URL table 123. Further, the information management means of the administrator system 1100 includes NODE_ID management means 1111 instead of the article ID management means 111 of the information management means 110 of the administrator system 100 of the first embodiment. Further, the administrator system 1100 includes a basic information table 1122 corresponding to the basic information table 122 of the administrator system 100 of the first embodiment, and a browsing corresponding to the browsing history table 124 of the administrator system 100 of the first embodiment. The history table 1124 is provided.

[Node table]
The node table 1121 is a table for storing and managing a local ID (article ID) of an article or the like related to the main information, a subordinate URL of the subordinate information, and related information thereof, and a field name (column name or column name or As the column name), NODE_ID (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “node ID”), user ID, NODE_TYPE (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “node type”), URL, issue date, and valid flag are included. Store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The user ID, issue date, and valid flag are the same information as the user ID, issue date, and valid flag of the article ID table 121 according to the first embodiment. Further, the node table 1121 may further store the value of the geographical information of the article ID table 121 of the first embodiment.

[Premise Configuration of Node Table (Relationship between Nodes and Article ID in Embodiment 1)]
Here, in the first embodiment, a local ID (article ID) is assigned to each specific object in order to uniquely identify a specific object (a specific article, a specific article, etc.) serving as a source of main information. In addition to giving the URL, URLs are given according to the respective sub-information in order to uniquely identify the sub-information detail page (web page) of the sub-information linked to the main information. That is, the IDs of different systems (that is, two types of IDs consisting of the product ID and the secondary URL) are assigned to the article related to the main information and the web page related to the secondary information. In detail, in the information providing system according to the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29, the item ID of the item (item or the like) related to the main information becomes the parent node, and the child ID is added under the item ID as each parent node. As a node, a tree-structured data structure is formed in which subordinate URLs (URLs of subordinate information detail pages of related stores, etc.) forming subordinate information are linked in a tree shape. A child node (slave URL) linked to the same article ID (parent node) becomes a sibling node. For example, in the tree structure N10A as an example, a child node (store A) N12a, a child node (store B) N13a, and a child node (store C) N14a are linked below the parent node (product X) N11a, respectively. It has been formed into a tree structure. In a tree structure N10B as another example, a child node (store A) N12b, a child node (store B) N13b, and a child node (store C) N14b are respectively provided under the parent node (product Y) N11b. Linked to form a tree structure. Note that FIG. 29 shows an example in which an NFC tag is used as an ID medium attached to an article, and NFC_ID is used as an article ID, but when the ID medium is another medium (for example, a two-dimensional barcode and If it becomes), the ID becomes the ID corresponding to the ID medium.

[Relationship between Nodes and Node ID of Second Embodiment]
On the other hand, in the second embodiment, a node ID of the same system (that is, one type of ID) is assigned to each of the article related to the main information and the web page related to the subsidiary information, and In order to identify the article concerned and the web page relating to the subsidiary information, the node type is given to the article relating to the main information and the web page relating to the subsidiary information, respectively. That is, the article related to the main information and the web page related to the sub information are identified by the composite key based on the node ID and the node type. In detail, as shown in FIG. 30, node IDs (NODE_ID=01, NODE_ID=02 in the example of the figure) are assigned in the order in which the main user registers the article related to the main information in the administrator system 100. At the same time, node IDs (NODE_ID=03, NODE_ID=04,..., NODE_ID=07 in the example in the figure) are assigned in the order in which the secondary information linked to the main information is registered in the administrator system 100. That is, the item ID and the sub information ID are the node IDs of the same system. Note that the node IDs can be continuously assigned in the earliest registration order regardless of the difference between the item related to the main information and the subsidiary information. Note that FIG. 30 shows an example in which an NFC tag is used as an ID medium attached to an article, and NFC_ID is used as an ID for an article, but when the ID medium is another medium (for example, a two-dimensional bar). If it becomes a code), it becomes an ID corresponding to the ID medium. Here, of the node IDs, the node ID given to the item relating to the main information is the ID corresponding to the local ID, and the node ID given to the URL relating to the sub information is the ID corresponding to the URL ID. Become.

On the other hand, a type name having a name corresponding to the type of ID medium given to the item is assigned to the item related to the main information as a node type. For example, when using an NFC tag as an ID medium, a type name such as “NFC” is assigned to the article as a node type. When another medium (for example, a two-dimensional barcode) is used as the ID medium, a type name (for example, “2D_BC”) representing the ID medium is assigned to the article as the node type. Further, "URL" is assigned to the slave URL related to the slave information as a node type, which is a type name having a name corresponding to the type of the link information of the slave information.

<Example of relationship between main nodes>
Then, in the information providing system of the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 30, for example, the node ID for specifying one article (commodity or the like) forming the main information becomes one node, and the main information While the node ID for identifying other articles (commodities, etc.) that make up the item is another node, the subordinate URL that makes up the subordinate information is another node that is the same as the node of these articles. Becomes At this time, the subordinate URL of one piece of subordinate information linked to the nodes of the articles relating to the two pieces of main information becomes a node connecting the nodes of the articles relating to these two pieces of main information, and the nodes of these subordinate URLs. Thus, a data structure having a network structure in which nodes of two articles are connected is formed. For example, in the network structure N20 as an example shown in FIG. 30, there is a first node N21 composed of a node (article X) of an article, and the subordinate URL of the subordinate information linked to the node N21 of this article As a node, a second node N22 including a node (store A) of a store related to the subsidiary information, a third node N23 including a node (store B) of a store related to another subsidiary information, and another subsidiary information There is a fourth node N24 including the node of the store (store C). In this case, there is a fifth node N25 consisting of the article node (commodity Y), and with respect to this article node N25, the second node N22, the third node N23, and the fourth node N23 are provided. When each of the nodes is linked to the node N24, the first node N21 and the second node N25, both of which are the article nodes, result in the second node N22 and the third node N22 which are the slave information nodes. To form a network structure connected by the node N23 and the fourth node N24. In this case, a sixth node N26 including a node (store D) of a store related to another subsidiary information and a seventh node N27 including a node (store E) of a store related to another subsidiary information are provided. If present, and if these nodes N26, N27 are not linked to the nodes N21, N25 of any article, these nodes N26, N27 do not participate in the network structure.

Therefore, in the information providing system according to the first embodiment, between the main information of the article related to the article ID as the parent node and the sub information related to the subordinate URL (such as the store related to the article) as the child node. A link is formed, but no link is formed between the parent node and another parent node. On the other hand, in the information providing system according to the second embodiment, the main information of the item related to the node ID as one node and the sub information related to the subordinate URL (such as a store related to the item) as another node are provided. A link is formed between them, and even between the main information of the article related to the node ID as one node and the main information of the article related to the node ID as another node, they are linked to both of them. A link is formed through the node ID of the subordinate information. Note that, for convenience of description, the node related to the main information (a node such as an NFC tag related to an article or the like) may be referred to as a “main node” hereinafter, and the node related to the sub information (node of a sub URL). ) May hereinafter be referred to as a “main node”.

[Data specific to node table]
As described above, in the node table 1121, the node ID and the node type are unique data used to construct the network configuration of the second embodiment. The URL of the node table 1121 is not the slave URL of the slave information as the node but the main URL of the guide page of the main information.

[Basic information table]
The basic information table 1122 has the same configuration as the basic information table 122 of the first embodiment except that the article ID of the basic information table 122 of the first embodiment is replaced with the node ID.

[Link table]
The link table 1123 is used when a node ID is given to a specific item and a main URL (URL of the node table 1121) given in correspondence with the node ID and a sub URL of sub information are given. It is a table for storing and managing the link information with the subordinate URL given corresponding to the node ID, and NODE_ID, LINK_ID (hereinafter referred to as “link ID”) as field names (column names or column names). , The creation date and time, and the link strength, and store the respective values in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). Note that the link table 1123 may store a user ID (particularly, a user ID of a sub-user) like the URL table 123 of the first embodiment.

<Link ID>
The node ID of the link table 1123 is the node ID described in the node table 1121. On the other hand, the link ID is an ID that uniquely identifies the link information between the node of the article and the node of the subsidiary information, and is different from the node ID of one article (that is, the node ID related to one main information). Is a unique ID assigned each time the node ID of one piece of sub-information is linked, and the node ID relating to the main information and the node ID relating to the sub-information are linked to each other via the link ID. They are associated and stored in the link table 1122. For example, as shown as an example in FIG. 30, when a link is set up between the first node N21 (node related to main information) and the second node N22 (node related to subordinate information), the link ID is L01. Is assigned and a link is set up between the first node N21 and the third node N23 (node related to the subordinate information), L02 is assigned as the link ID, and the first node N21 and the fourth node are assigned. When a link is established with N24 (node related to subordinate information), L03 is assigned as a link ID, and a link is established between the fifth node N25 (node related to main information) and the second node N22. When the link is established, L04 is assigned as the link ID, and when the link is established between the fifth node N25 and the third node N23, L05 is assigned as the link ID and the fifth node N25 and the fourth node N25 are assigned. When a link is established with the node N24, L06 is assigned as the link ID. The link ID is stored in the link table 1122 in association with the node ID related to the main information, and stored in the link table 1122 in association with the node ID related to the secondary information. At this time, for example, the link ID (L01) is stored in association with the node ID of the first node N21 related to the main information, and is stored in association with the node ID of the second node N22 related to the secondary information. .. Accordingly, by referring to the link ID for each of the node IDs (node ID related to the main information and node ID related to the subsidiary information) (that is, the node ID of the main information and the node of the subsidiary information having the same link ID). By extracting the ID, it is possible to determine that the node ID of the main information and the node ID of the slave information are linked to each other via the link ID. It is possible to specify which link is established between the ID and the node ID relating to the subordinate information. At this time, by checking the node type of the node table 1121 for each node ID, one of the two linked node IDs is the node ID (NFC_ID or the like) related to the main information, and the remaining It can be confirmed that the other is the node ID (URL) related to the subsidiary information.

<Date and time of creation>
The creation date and time is the date and time when the node ID was created (assigned) (time information consisting of year, month, day, and second), and is stored in the link table 1122 in association with each node ID. In this way, by specifying the creation date and time of the node ID, for example, when a plurality of subsidiary information is posted on the main information guide page 150, the creation date and time of the node ID related to each subsidiary information is referred to. , The sub information can be arranged and displayed in ascending order of the creation date and time of the node ID (that is, in the latest creation order), and the sub information registered for each main information guide page 150 can be displayed over time. It can be displayed in order from the latest (along the time axis).

<Link strength>
The link strength is an index representing the strength of the link between the node IDs of the articles related to the two pieces of main information in which mutual links are formed by the node IDs of the subsidiary information, and the nodes related to the pair of two pieces of main information. It is stored in the link table 1122 in association with each ID. For example, as shown in FIG. 31, when a node N31 of an article and a node N32 of an article (both as nodes relating to main information) are registered in the administrator system 100, both nodes N31 and N32 are registered. If there is no registration of the secondary information node to be linked, the link strength of both nodes N31 and N32 becomes zero (that is, both nodes N31 and N32 are indirectly connected via the secondary information link. First, they become unrelated nodes in the network structure). On the other hand, in the case where the article node N31 and the article node N32 are registered in the administrator system 100, one sub-information node linked to both the nodes N31 and N32 is registered. Has one link ID (L1) associated with each of the node IDs of both nodes N31 and N32, and has a link strength of "1" (that is, both nodes N31 and N32 are 1). The nodes are indirectly connected to each other via a link of subordinate information of a book and become nodes having a relationship with each other in the network structure). Further, when the article node N31 and the article node N32 are registered in the administrator system 100, and three subordinate information nodes linked to both the nodes N31 and N32 are registered. Has three link IDs (L1, L2, L3) associated with both node IDs of both nodes N31 and N32, and has a link strength of "3" (that is, both nodes N31). , N32 are indirectly connected to each other through three sub information links and serve as nodes having a close relationship with each other in the network structure).

<Example 1 of link strength between main nodes>
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 32, it is assumed that a mandarin orange node N40, an apple node N50, and a chocolate node N60 are registered in the administrator system 100 as article nodes. In this case, a specific supermarket that handles (sells) mandarin oranges and apples and a specific greengrocer that handles (sells) mandarins and apples respectively have their own subsidiary information node N41 and subsidiary information node N43. When linking and registering both the mandarin orange node N40 and the apple node N50, the link strength between the mandarin orange node N40 and the apple node N50 is "2". Similarly, when a specific convenience store that handles (sells) apples and chocolate links the node N51 of its subordinate information to both the node N50 of apples and the node N60 of chocolates and registers it, The link strength between the node N50 and the chocolate node N60 is “1”. On the other hand, even when a specific mandarin orange farm that handles (produces) mandarin oranges registers the node N42 of its own subordinate information by linking to the node N40 of mandarin oranges, the node N42 links to the nodes of other products. If not, the node N42 is not involved in the link strength of the article. Similarly, even when a specific confectionery store that sells (sells) chocolate registers the node N61 of its subordinate information by linking it to the node N60 of chocolate, the node N61 links to the nodes of other articles. If not attached, the node N42 is not involved in the link strength of the article.

In this case, when the secondary user links his or her secondary information to the primary information of a specific article, the secondary user does not need to be aware of linking the secondary information of his or her own information to the primary information, and It is only necessary to register the sub URL of the sub information of the self in the main information of the article. That is, in this case, the administrator system 100 links the secondary information to the primary information as described above. In addition, it seems that the subordinate user has registered a new URL (subordinate URL) for the main information, but in reality, the existing URL is only used to link the main information. Is. Further, in this case, two articles having a large link strength (having a large number of links) do not need to be classified by category and can be grouped as similar items via the link strength. At this time, the larger the link strength (the larger the number of links), the more similar the items are. As a result, NFC tags and the like, which are physical media distributed in the real world, can be connected to each other via existing Internet links. Further, the URL on the Internet is also used as a node because unrelated Internet URLs are connected via an NFC node or the like.

<Example 2 of link strength between main nodes>
In addition, as an example of the subordinate information node that connects the nodes of the articles related to the main information, as shown in FIG. 33, a node N70 of Ehime mikan is registered in the administrator system 100 as a node related to the main information. In this case, the subordinate user uses “https://sample.com/shop/fruits/range/1” as the node N71 of his/her subordinate information related to the Ehime mandarin orange (a web page having the contents of the Ehime mandarin orange). If it has, then as the subordinate URL of the subordinate information, register any URL (as shown in the dashed rectangle) between the upper layer and the lowermost layer of this subordinate URL as the subordinate URL. It will be possible. In addition, when the node N80 of the Sun Fuji apple is registered in the administrator system 100 as the node related to the main information, the sub-users can obtain their own sub-information related to the Sun Fuji apple (the contents of the Sun Fuji apple. When the node N81 of the (owned web page) has “https://sample.com/shop/fruits/apple/2”, the subordinate URL of the subordinate information is the highest from the upper layer of this subordinate URL. It is possible to register an arbitrary URL (as shown in a dashed rectangle) as a subordinate URL up to the lower layer. And when the subordinate user links and registers the subordinate URL of his subordinate information about Ehime mandarin oranges and sun Fuji apples as products, up to five each of the Ehime mandarin oranges and sun Fuji apples is registered. The secondary URL of the secondary information can be linked.

<Example 3 of link strength between main nodes>
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 34, with respect to the subordinate URL of Ehime mandarin orange and the subordinate URL of Sun Fuji apple, subordinate URLs up to a layer serving as a common path name (“https://sample.com” to “https:/// up to "sample.com/shop/fruits"), it becomes a node connecting the node N70 and the node N80 to each other (link ID=L11, L12, L13), whereby the common link between the node N70 and the node N80. The number (link strength=number of link IDs) is “3”. In the above, the sub-user does not have to register all the sub-information. (For convenience of description, the link IDs in this case are L1, L2, and L3. However, in detail, when linking the nodes of two articles, the link ID for the node of one article of the slave URL is , The link ID for the node of the other article of the subordinate URL is different from the link ID. For example, like the link between the node N70 and the node N90 below, two link IDs connect the nodes of two articles. In the case of this example, if the website of the secondary information of the secondary user is an internet shop of the domain "https://sample.com", the operation of this internet shop is performed. The sub-user who is a person can analogize the case where the person who purchased the mandarin oranges at this online shop also wants to purchase the apples, so naturally (using the link strength of "3" as described above) Increase relevance. On the other hand, even in the case of this online shop, for example, when the subordinate user sells vegetables, the common URL (“https://sample.com/shop” and “https://sample.com/shop”) There are two (link strength “2”), and the degree of association is low. As described above, the registration of the subordinate URL to the administrator system 100 is the registration based on the input using the guide page 150 and the like, but the subordinate information related to the main information is automatically determined by artificial intelligence or the like. It can also be configured to automatically register (automatically link).

<Example 4 of link strength between main nodes>
Further, as shown in FIG. 35, when the administrator system 100 has registered therein a node N70 and a node N80 (both as nodes relating to main information) and three subordinate URLs linking them, subordinate use Ehime tourism as a person registered node N90 related to the main information of another product (local sake in Ehime prefecture), and the URL (from the upper hierarchy) of its own website (such as an online shop of local products in Ehime prefecture). When registering a subordinate URL (up to the lower layer) as a subordinate URL, when a subordinate URL linking the node N70 and the node N90 is registered, the link strength between the node N70 and the node N90 is (link ID to the node N70=L101). It becomes "1" because there is one link with the link ID=L102 to the node N80. On the other hand, as described above, the link strength between the node N70 and the node N80 is "3", but in this case, Ehime Kanko will further increase its own web site for both the node N70 and the node N80. When the secondary URL of the site is associated, the link strength becomes "4" (increase by "1").

[Link between sub information nodes by main information node]
The administrator system 1100 defines the link formation between the nodes of the two pieces of main information by the above-mentioned nodes of the sub-information (that is, the total number of links of the sub-information that connects the nodes related to the two pieces of main information as the specific main information). In contrast to the process of acquiring as the link strength of the main node according to (1), the two sub-information nodes forming a pair are connected via the main information node to form a link between the sub-information nodes (that is, It is also possible to obtain the total number of links of the main information connecting the nodes related to the two pieces of sub information that form a pair as the link strength of the sub node related to the specific sub information or the sub URL). More specifically, since the subordinate URL of the subordinate information is also a node, as shown in FIG. 36, a node N110 of subordinate information (subordinate user is supermarket) and a node N120 of subordinate information (convenience store is subordinate user) The nodes can be connected by nodes N70 and N80 (both of which are related to the main information) to form a link as a product node common to those sub-users. In this case, one link is formed by the link between the node N110 and the node N70 (link ID=L111) and the link between the node N120 and the node N70 (link ID=L121). A link between the N110 and the node N80 (link ID=L112) and a link between the node N120 and the node N80 (link ID=L122) form one link, and a total of two links are formed. Formed (link strength=2).

[Delete link between nodes of main information]
When it is desired to delete a link by a specific subordinate information node after forming a link between the subordinate information nodes between the main information nodes, the administrator system 1100, for example, follows the above deletion approval routine (FIG. 15). , Delete a link between a specific main information node and a specific sub-information node whose link is to be deleted for the main information node. For example, as shown in FIG. 37, when it is desired to delete the link of the slave information node N132 with respect to the master information node N130, the node of the slave information node N132 should be deleted so as to delete the link between the node N130 and the node N132. Of the data in the table, the field "valid flag" is set to "invalid". As a result, the node ID of the node N132 becomes invalid, and as a result, the link from the node N132 of the sub information to the node N130 of the main information is deleted. Even in this case, the URL of the subsidiary information (subordinate URL) itself is not deleted from the node table. Therefore, when it is desired to restore the link of the deleted sub-information node N132 to the main information node N130 (before deletion) at a later date, the field “valid flag” is set to “valid flag” in the data of the node table for the sub-information node N132. Set it to "Enabled" again. As a result, the node ID for the node N132 becomes valid, and as a result, the link from the node N132 of the sub information to the node N130 of the main information is restored. Alternatively, when the number of times of deleting a node of specific slave information becomes a certain number of times or more, the URL (slave URL) of the node of the slave information can be added to the black list (for example, by expanding the black list). It is also possible to provide a field of a flag for determining whether or not there is a flag in the node table and enable that flag).

[Browsing history table]
The browsing history table 1124 has the same configuration as the browsing history table 124 of the first embodiment, except that the article ID of the browsing history table 124 of the first embodiment is replaced with the node ID.

[Information management means]
The NODE_ID management means (node ID management means) 1111 of the information management means of the administrator system 1100 of the second embodiment is a NODE_ID issuing means (node ID issuing means) 1111a, a corresponding URL issuing means 1111b, and a LINK_ID management means (link). ID management means) 1111c.

[Node ID issuing means]
The node ID issuing means 1111a corresponds to the article ID issuing means 111a of the first embodiment, issues a unique node ID when the main user system 200 issues an ID issue request for a particular article, and The node ID is stored in the node table 1121 in association with the user ID of the main user of the main user system 200, and the node type of the node ID is stored according to the type of the ID medium (for example, the ID medium is NFC. If the tag is “NFC”, it is stored in the node table 1121 in association with the node ID. In this case, the method of attaching the node ID (corresponding to the article ID) to the article is the same as the case of the article ID of the first embodiment. Further, the node ID issuing means 1111a issues a unique node ID when the sub-user system 300 requests the linking of the sub-information related to the article related to the specific main information, and outputs the node ID. The node type is stored in the node table 1121 in association with the user ID of the sub-user of the sub-user system 300, and the node type of the node ID is stored according to the type of the link information of the sub-information (that is, typically, Since the link information is a URL, “as URL”) is stored in the node table 1121 in association with the node ID.

[Corresponding URL issuing means]
Corresponding URL issuing means 1111b corresponds to main URL issuing means 111b of the first embodiment, and when a node ID is issued to a specific article as described above, for a guide page of the main information of the article related to the node ID. A new URL is issued (or an existing URL is used), and the URL is stored in the node table 1121 in association with the node ID. Further, when the corresponding URL issuing means 1111b issues the node ID to the subsidiary information related to the specific article as described above, a new URL is newly created for the subsidiary information detail page of the subsidiary information report related to the node ID. Is issued (or an existing URL is used), and the URL is stored in the node table 1121 in association with the node ID.

[Link ID management means]
The link ID management means 1111c, when issuing the node ID to the slave information related to a specific article as described above, is the node ID of the master node related to the article and the node ID of the slave node related to the slave information. The link ID for linking and is newly issued, the link ID is stored in the link table 1123 in association with the node ID of the master node, and the link ID (same link ID) is the node ID of the slave node. And is stored in the link table 1123. Further, the link ID management means 1111c stores the time when the link ID is issued for the link between the node ID of the primary node and the node ID of the secondary node in the link table 1123 in association with the node ID of the primary node. , And stores it in the link table 1123 in association with the node ID of the slave node.

[Main information management means, etc.]
In the administrator system 1100 of the second embodiment, the main information management unit 112 executes the same process as the process related to the item ID in the first embodiment as the process related to the node ID of the main node related to the specific item. For each node ID of the main node, main information about the article is stored in the basic information table 1122. Further, the slave information management unit 113 of the second embodiment executes the same process as the process of the slave information in the first embodiment as the process of the node ID of the specific slave node, and for each node ID of the slave node, The subsidiary information is stored in the administrator system 1100 and registered. In addition, the browsing management unit 114 of the second embodiment performs the same process as the browsing process of the guide page regarding the article ID of the specific article in the first embodiment by using the guide page regarding the node ID of the main node related to the specific article. This is executed as a browsing process, and the browsing information of the main information regarding the article is stored in the browsing history table 1124 for each node ID of the main node. Note that the subsidiary information management unit 113 according to the second embodiment executes the same processing as the processing regarding the subsidiary information according to the first embodiment. For example, for each node ID related to the subsidiary information in the node table 1121, the existing self Processing such as providing the URL of the web page (as the URL of the secondary information detail page) for storing the URL in the node table 1121 is executed.

The network structure as the link structure can be applied, for example, as a recipe for cooking. For example, as an example of a recipe, carrot is registered as a cooking ingredient in the first node, and in the second node, recipe A (curry), recipe B (meat and potato), and recipe C (as a recipe using carrot). When (Creative food) is registered and potato is registered as a cooking ingredient in the third node, there are three recipes between carrot (first node) and potato (third node). Since they are linked (linked) by the (second node), it is determined that the relevance (link strength) is high, and the link strength becomes high. In this example, if a lot of recipes that link the nodes are registered, the relevance becomes high. The link strength means the thickness of the link, and the link strength 3 means that the thickness of the link is "3", and the column of "link strength" is set in the link table 1123 as described above. Set up. Then, when linking for the first time, the first link strength is stored in the link table, and thereafter, the link strength is updated, and if the number of links increases, the link strength increases.

Another Example of Embodiment 2 [Link Strength Management Means]
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the second embodiment of the present invention can be embodied as an administrator system 1100 having the configuration shown in FIG. 25 and also as an administrator system 1100 having the configuration shown in FIG. Can also Specifically, as described above, in the information providing system according to the second embodiment, the administrator system 1100, in the link table 1123, for each node ID (main node ID) related to the main information, the node ID related to the subsidiary information. While storing the link ID that represents the link with the (slave node ID), is there a slave node ID linked to each of the node IDs (master node ID) related to the two pieces of master information that make a pair? Whether or not (and the number thereof, if any) is determined, and the link strength is calculated based on the total number of links (that is, the total number of links is set as the value of the link strength). There is. The administrator system 1100 can also be configured to execute various predetermined processes based on the stored link strength value. On the other hand, in the information providing system using the physical medium according to another example of the second embodiment of the present invention, the administrator system 1100 has a function realizing means necessary for executing this link strength storage processing and other processing. (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as "link strength management means".) As shown in FIG. The configuration of another example of the second embodiment such as the link strength management means will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 38 to 43. Note that FIG. 38 mainly shows the configuration necessary for explaining the link strength management means in the configuration of the administrator system 1100 of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 25, and a part of the other configuration (FIG. Although the NODE_ID management means 1111 and the basic information table 1122, etc. shown in FIG. 25 are not shown, the administrator system 1100 naturally has these configurations.

As shown in FIG. 38, in the information providing system using the physical medium according to another example of the second embodiment of the present invention, the administrator system 1100 stores the node table 1121A corresponding to the node table 1121 of the second embodiment. A link table 1123A corresponding to the link table 1123 of the second embodiment is provided. Further, the administrator system 1100 includes a strength table 1125 and a URL table 1126 in addition to the table configuration of the administrator system 1100 of the second embodiment. On the other hand, the administrator system 1100 includes main information management means 112A corresponding to the main information management means 112 shown in FIG. The main information management means 112A has a link strength calculation means 112c in addition to the configuration of the main information management means 112. The configurations of the strength table 1125, the URL table 1126, and the link strength calculation means 112c will be described below in detail.

[Link table]
The administrator system 1100 of FIG. 25 is configured to store the value of the link strength in the link table 1123, but the administrator system 1100 of FIG. 38 does not store the value of the link strength in the link table 1123A. An intensity table 1125 is provided to store the value of. Specifically, the strength table 1125 has NODE_ID (node ID) as a field name (column name or column name) and link strength, and stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). To do. The node ID is the node ID described in the node table 1121, but as described above, a link is formed between two main information master nodes that form a pair by the slave nodes of the slave information to form the pair. When the value of the link strength is the total number of links of slave nodes that connect two master nodes, the strength table stores only the node ID of the master node (hereinafter, may be referred to as “master node ID”). Good. On the other hand, as described above, the total number of links of the master node which forms a link between two slave nodes of the slave information forming a pair by the master node of the master information and connects the two slave nodes forming the pair. When using the value of the link strength, only the node ID of the slave node (hereinafter, may be referred to as “slave node ID”) may be stored in the strength table. Further, the sub-nodes of the sub-information form a link between two master nodes of the main information that form a pair, and the total number of links of the sub-nodes that connect the two main nodes of the pair (for the main node) ) In addition to the value of the link strength, a link between two sub-information slave nodes forming a pair is formed by the main information main node, and a link of the main node connecting the two sub-nodes forming the pair. When the total number of the link strengths is the value of the link strength (for the slave node) (that is, when two kinds of link strengths are used as the link strength), the strength table stores the primary node ID and the slave node ID. Will be done.

[URL table]
The administrator system 1100 of FIG. 25 is configured to store the URL (the main URL of the guide page of the main information and the sub URL of the sub information) in the node table 1121, but the administrator system 1100 of FIG. While the value of the URL is not stored in the node table 1121A, a URL table 1126 is provided for storing the URL. Specifically, the URL table 1126 has NODE_ID (node ID) and URL as field names (column names or column names), and stores the respective values in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). .. The node ID is the node ID described in the node table 1121. The URL is the main URL of the guide page of the main information and the sub URL of the sub information. In the configuration of FIG. 25, the node table 1121 is used to determine whether the node of each node ID is a master node or a slave node according to the node type as described above, and the node ID The primary URL or the secondary URL is acquired from the associated URL. On the other hand, in the configuration of FIG. 38, using the node table 1121A, it is similarly determined whether the node of each node ID is a primary node or a slave node according to its node type. The associated URL (main URL or subordinate URL) is acquired using the URL table 1126.

[Link strength calculation means]
The link strength calculation means 112c, the link strength of the main node related to the main information (that is, the total number of links of slave nodes connecting one specific main node to another specific main node), and/or the above A function of calculating the link strength of the slave node related to the slave information (that is, the total number of links of the master node connecting one specific slave node to another specific slave node) is realized. For example, when the link strength calculation means 112c is configured as a function realizing means for calculating the link strength between the two main nodes forming the pair, a series of procedures (link strength calculation processing) as shown in FIG. 39 is performed. Cause the computer device to execute. (Note that the link strength calculation process of FIG. 39 is an example, and the link strength calculation means 112c can also calculate the link strength by another link strength calculation process.)

[Link strength calculation processing]
In detail, as shown in FIG. 39, in the link strength calculation process, in STEP 81, in the strength table 1125, the node IDs of all the main nodes (for example, the article IDs of the articles to which the NFC tags are attached) are acquired. Then, in STEP 82, the value of the link strength of the main node of each node ID is set to "0" (that is, initialized) in the strength table 1125. Next, the link strength calculation unit 112c monitors the one main node at a predetermined timing to determine whether a new slave node is linked (hereinafter, also referred to as "slave link monitor process"). ) Is performed and a new slave node is linked to the one master node, whether or not there is another master node to which the slave node is linked (that is, one slave node is Executing a process (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "indirect link determination process") for determining whether or not the main node of the above is indirectly linked to another main node, and other such main node Exists (that is, an indirect link is formed between one master node and another master node via the slave node), one of the master nodes and the other master node are respectively linked. A process of increasing the strength by "1" (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "link strength increasing process") is executed.

Specifically, as the slave link monitor processing, for example, the link strength calculation means 112c, in STEP 83, at a predetermined timing, in the link table 1123A, the node ID (main node ID) and the link ID of one main node. It is determined whether or not there is a slave node linked to the one main node by referring to (1) (that is, a slave node having the same link ID as the link ID of the one master node is searched). For example, the link strength calculation means 112c, when a new slave node is linked to one master node (for example, in the process of FIG. 13, the slave node related to the new slave information becomes the master information of one master node). (When linked to the guide page), it is determined that there is a slave node linked to the one master node. If the link strength calculation means 112c determines in STEP83 that there is no new slave node linked to the one master node, the link strength calculation processing ends. On the other hand, when the link strength calculation means 112c determines in STEP83 that there is a new slave node linked to the one master node, the link strength calculation means 112c determines in STEP84 the node ID (slave node ID) of the slave node. ) To get. Next, in STEP 85, the link strength calculation unit 112c determines whether or not there is another master node to which the slave node links in the link table 1123A (that is, the same link as the node ID of the slave node). Search for other primary node with ID). In STEP85, when the link strength calculation means 112c determines that there is no other master node linked to the slave node, the link strength calculation processing ends. On the other hand, when the link strength calculation means 112c determines in STEP85 that there is another main node linked to the slave node, the link strength calculation means 112c determines in STEP86 the node ID of the other main node (main node ID). ) To get. Then, in STEP 87, the link strength calculation means 112c sets the link strength value of each node ID to “1” for the two acquired main nodes (one main node and the other main node) in the strength table 1125. To increase.

Then, the link strength calculation means 112c executes the processes of STEP84 to STEP87 each time a new subordinate node is linked to one main node. As a result, the two primary nodes (one primary node and the other primary node) forming a pair are indirectly connected to each other via one or more secondary nodes linked to them. Will be linked, and one or more indirect links will be formed between the two main nodes of the pair (one main node and the other main node)). For example, in the example of FIG. 30, three indirect links are formed between one main node N21 and another main node N25 via three slave nodes N22, N23, N24. Note that the link strength calculation means 112c performs a procedure in which the main node portion and the slave node portion are replaced with each other in the series of procedures shown in FIG. 39, thereby linking between two slave nodes forming a pair. It can be configured as a function realizing means for calculating the strength.

[Example of link strength of indirect links between main nodes]
40 to 43 show examples of the link strength of the indirect link between the two main nodes forming the pair. In the example of FIG. 40, the strength table 1125 shows that different physical nodes (n1, n2) as two main nodes forming a pair are not directly linked. The physical nodes (n1, n2) are only indirectly linked via the links from the websites (s1, s2) that are slave nodes. In the example of FIG. 40, the link between the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 is initially a link strength “1” due to the link of only the website s1 and the link of the website s2 is newly formed. It indicates that the strength is “2”. In this case, the total number of links between the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 (the total number of link IDs via the slave nodes) is four, but each website s1 and s2 has two links. Since the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 are linked with each other, the link strength between the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 becomes “2” as a result.

In the example of FIG. 41, since the indirect link between the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 is formed via two links by the website s2, the physical link strength between them is “1”. Becomes In the example of FIG. 42, since the indirect link between the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 does not have the link by the website s1 or the website s2, the physical link strength between them is “0”. .. In the example of FIG. 43, the physical link strength between the physical node n1 and the physical node n2 is “0” because there is no link by the websites s1 and s2. That is, the physical node n2 has one link with each of the websites s1 and s2, and the physical node n1 has two links with each of the websites s3 and s4. Since there is no website linking the physical nodes n1 and n2 with each other, the physical link strength between the physical nodes n1 and n2 is “0”.

[Another example of link strength processing]
Note that, as shown in FIG. 40 and the like, the link between the primary node and the secondary node is a direct link (that is, the link information between the primary node and the secondary node can be directly acquired from the link table 1123A). However, the link between the two main nodes forming a pair becomes an indirect link via the slave node (that is, the link strength calculation process based on the link information in the link table 1123A causes the two main nodes forming a pair to be indirect). Link information between nodes can be obtained indirectly). Further, the physical node is a main node related to the article described in the first embodiment and the like, and is created for a physical medium made of an article such as a product. Further, the information indicating the link strength between the physical nodes can be represented by the strength table as described above or a logical expression. However, in the case of the logical expression, the (physical) access speed is high. Therefore, it is preferable to use the strength table because the processing becomes complicated.

Embodiment 3
[Outline Explanation by Comparison with First and Second Embodiments]
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the third embodiment of the present invention is the administrator system 100, 1100, the main user system 200, the sub-user system 300, and the physical system of the first and second embodiments. As a configuration corresponding to the medium providing place 400, an administrator system 2100, an advertising medium owner system 2200, an advertiser system 2300, and an advertising medium providing place 2400 are provided. That is, in the information providing systems according to the first and second embodiments, basic information about a specific item placed in a store or the like at a specific place is provided as the main information, and specific information is provided as the sub-information. Related information such as handling stores and related products, and the administrator system 100, 1100 assigns an article ID as a unique local ID to the specific article to browse information of general consumers and the like. Enables a person to obtain the main information of a particular article by reading the article ID of the particular article by the information browsing terminal 500, and the sub-user who is the owner of the sub-information identifies the particular article. By linking the subordinate information of oneself to the main information concerned, the subordinate information of oneself can be provided to the information viewer who has browsed the main information of the article. Exert the effect of. On the other hand, the information providing system according to the third embodiment provides, as the main information, the medium information regarding the advertisement medium which is the specific physical medium arranged in the specific place as the main information, and the specific product as the subsidiary information. And advertisement information related to services are provided, the administrator system 2100 assigns a place ID as a unique local ID to the specific advertisement medium, and an information viewer such as a general consumer can use the information viewer terminal 500. By reading the place ID of a specific advertising medium, the main information of the advertising medium can be acquired, and the advertiser who is the owner of the subsidiary information can identify the medium information related to the specific advertising medium by himself. By posting the advertising information (or by linking to the web page where the advertising information is posted), the advertising information of the user can be provided to the information viewer who has browsed the main information of the advertising medium. As a result, various operational effects as described later are exhibited. Hereinafter, a specific configuration of the information providing system according to the third embodiment will be described in detail.

[Overview of administrator system configuration]
As shown in FIG. 45, the administrator system 2100 includes an information management unit 2110 and a management information database 2120, like the administrator systems 100 and 1100 of the first and second embodiments. The information management means 2110 has basically the same configuration as the information management means of the administrator system 1100 of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 25, and the information management means 2110 of the second embodiment (as the management means of the main node and the subordinate node). The node management means 2121 corresponding to the node ID management means 1111, the main information management means 2122 corresponding to the main information management means 112 of the second embodiment, (the link information between the main node and the slave node, etc. of the second embodiment An advertisement space management unit 2113 corresponding to the link table (as a management unit of (1)) and a browsing management unit 2114 corresponding to the browsing management unit 114 of the second embodiment are provided. Further, the information management database 2120 has basically the same configuration as the information management database 1220 of the administrator system 1100 of the second embodiment, and as shown in FIG. Basic information corresponding to the physical node table 2121 (as main node and secondary node data storage means) and advertisement node table 2124 corresponding to the node table 1121 of FIG. A table 2122 corresponds to the link table 1123 (as a storage unit for storing link information between the main node and the slave nodes) according to the second embodiment (as a storage unit for storing link information between the main node and the slave nodes) The advertisement frame table 2123 is provided. Hereinafter, first, the configuration of the information management database 2120 will be described in detail.

[Physical node table]
The physical node table 2121 of the information management database 2120 corresponds to the node table 1121 of the second embodiment, and stores the information of the physical node (specifically, the advertising medium as the physical medium) that is the main node in the third embodiment. It is a table for storing and managing. In detail, the physical node table 2121 stores the node ID which is the local ID of the physical medium (advertising medium) as the main node relating to the main information of the third embodiment and the related information such as the location of the advertising medium. A table for associating and storing and managing, and as a field name (column name or column name), node ID, user ID, node type, location, URL, issue date, valid flag, and other attributes ( Attribute 1, attribute 2,...) And each value is stored in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The user ID, the issue date, and the valid flag are the same information as the user ID, the issue date, and the valid flag of the node table 1121 according to the second embodiment, and are used by the advertising medium owner who is the main user. The person ID, the issue date of the node ID related to the advertisement medium of the advertisement medium owner, and the valid flag of the node ID are stored. Since the physical node table 2121 stores information related to a node (main node) related to an advertising medium belonging to an advertising medium owner as a main user, the node ID of the physical node table 2121 is basically the advertising medium. The user ID is only the one given to the main advertising medium, and the user ID is only the one given to the main advertising medium. Further, the node type is the same information as the node type of the node ID given to the main node among the node types of the node table 1121 of the second embodiment (for example, “NFC” indicating the type of the ID medium of the field ID). Etc.). The location is the position information of the advertisement medium, and is preferably the position information specifying the geographical position by latitude and longitude. The URL is the same information as the URL (main URL) of the node ID given to the main node among the URLs of the node table 1121 according to the second embodiment. The other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2,...) Of the physical node table 2121 are, for example, location conditions of the advertising medium.

[Basic information table]
The basic information table 2122 corresponds to the basic information table 1122 of the second embodiment, is associated with the node ID of the main node (related to the main information), and is used as the basic information of the advertisement medium serving as the main information (as the main user User ID), a physical medium name (advertising medium name) as data corresponding to the product name (article name) of the second embodiment, and an image of the physical medium name (store article image etc.) And other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2, attribute 3,...) Of the physical medium are stored. Although the basic information table 2122 has a configuration in which the categories of the basic information table 1122 according to the second embodiment are not stored, the categories may be stored.

[Advertising node table]
The advertisement node table 2124 of the information management database 2120 is a table for storing and managing the information of the advertisement information node (specifically, the web page of advertisement information) that is a subordinate node in the third embodiment. Specifically, the advertisement node table 2124 is for storing and managing the unique node ID given to one piece of advertisement information related to the subsidiary information of the third embodiment and the related information of the advertisement information in association with each other. It is a table, and as the field name (column name or column name), node ID, user ID, node type, URL, banner ID, issue date, valid flag, and other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2,... ). ) And store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). The user ID, the issue date, and the valid flag of the advertisement node table 2124 are the same information as the user ID, the issue date, and the valid flag of the physical node table 2121, and are used by the advertiser who is the sub-user. The person ID, the issue date of the node ID related to the advertisement information of the advertiser, and the valid flag of the node ID are stored. That is, since the advertisement node table 2124 stores information related to the node (subordinate node) related to the advertisement information of the advertiser as a sub user, the node ID of the advertisement node table 2124 is basically the advertisement of the advertiser. Only the information is given to the information, and the user ID is only given to the advertiser. Further, the node type can be configured from the same information as the node type of the node ID given to the slave node among the node types of the node table 1121 according to the second embodiment, but the node type is specified as the slave node. Any information can be used. The URL is the same information as the URL of the node ID (subordinate URL) given to the subordinate node among the URLs in the node table 1121 according to the second embodiment. For example, the URL of the web page having the content of the advertisement information. It can be a URL. Further, the banner ID is an ID uniquely given to each banner when the banner of the advertisement information is arranged on the guide page related to the main information. The other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2,...) Of the advertisement node table 2124 are, for example, the product description of the product related to the advertisement information.

[Ad frame table]
In the third embodiment, it is possible to allocate one advertisement information to the one advertisement medium that constitutes the advertisement information node and to post it, but normally, one advertisement medium is provided with a plurality of advertisement frames. , The advertisement information, which is one advertisement node, is assigned to each advertisement frame and the advertisement information is posted. Therefore, the advertisement frame table 2123 is a table for allocating and managing one advertisement information to each advertisement frame when one advertisement medium is divided into a plurality of advertisement frames. Specifically, the advertisement frame table 2123 has an advertisement frame ID, a node ID, a link ID, a situation, and a publication period as a field name (column name or column name), and each value of each record (each tuple). Store in the corresponding field. The advertising space ID is a unique ID given to each advertising space of the advertising medium. The node ID includes the node ID of the master node and the node ID of the slave node. It should be noted that one main node has a plurality of advertisement frame IDs (that is, a plurality of advertisement frame IDs are assigned to the node ID of one main node), while one slave node has one advertisement frame ID ( That is, one advertisement frame ID is assigned to the node ID of one slave node). Therefore, by extracting the node ID of the main node and the node ID of the subordinate node having the same advertisement frame ID, which subframe (advertising information) is assigned to which ad frame of which main node (advertising medium). Can be specified. That is, it is possible to uniquely specify each advertising space for each advertising medium serving as the main node based on the node ID of the main node and the advertising space ID. On the other hand, based on the node ID of the slave node and the advertisement frame ID, it is possible to uniquely specify the advertisement frame of the advertisement medium in which the advertisement information of the slave node is posted. In other words, the advertisement space ID is an ID for identifying the link information between the primary node and the secondary node, like the link ID in the link table 1123 of the second embodiment. The situation of the advertisement frame table 2123 is information indicating a specific scene or situation associated with each advertisement frame (Valentine's Day, 753, Christmas, etc.), and the advertisement information is posted in the advertisement frame during the publication period. This is information indicating a period preset as a period.

[Node management means]
Hereinafter, the configuration of the information management unit 2110 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The node management unit 2111 includes a NODE_ID management unit 2111a, a corresponding URL issuing unit 2111b, an advertisement frame ID management unit 2111c, and a banner management unit 2111d. The node ID management unit 2111a corresponds to the node ID issuing unit 1111a of the twenty-first embodiment, and when the main user system 2200 issues an ID issuance request regarding a specific item, a unique node ID (node of the main node). ID) is issued, the node ID is stored in the physical node table 2121 in association with the user ID of the main user of the main user system 2200, and the node type of the node ID is changed according to the type of the ID medium. (For example, “NFC” when the ID medium is an NFC tag), it is stored in the node table 2121 in association with the node ID. Furthermore, the node management unit 2111a is unique when the sub-user system 2300 makes a request for posting (and linking) the advertising information (related to the main information) to the specific advertising medium (related to the main information). A node ID (node ID of the subordinate node) is issued, the node ID is stored in the advertisement node table 2124 in association with the user ID of the subordinate user of the subordinate user system 2300, and the node type of the node ID is stored. Is stored in the advertisement node table 2124 in association with the node ID according to the type of the link information of the subsidiary information.

<Corresponding URL issuing means>
The corresponding URL issuing means 2111b corresponds to the corresponding URL issuing means 1111b in the embodiment, and when the node ID of the main node is issued to a specific advertising medium as described above, the corresponding advertising medium owner A new URL is issued (or an existing URL is used) for the information guide page, and the URL is stored in the physical node table 2121 in association with the node ID. Further, when the corresponding URL issuing means 2111b issues the node ID of the node according to the specific advertisement information, it issues a new URL for the web page of the detailed content of the advertisement information related to the node ID (or the existing URL). Of the URL) and stores the URL in the advertisement node table 2124 in association with the node ID.

<Ad frame ID management means>
The advertising space ID management unit 2111c corresponds to the link ID management unit 1111c of the second embodiment, and when the node ID is issued for the advertising information to be posted in the specific advertising space of the specific advertising medium as described above. , Newly issuing the advertisement frame ID linking the node ID of the main node related to the advertisement medium and the node ID of the subordinate node related to the advertisement information, and associating the advertisement frame ID with the node ID of the main node The advertisement frame table 2123 is stored, and the link ID (same link ID) is stored in the advertisement frame table 2123 in association with the node ID of the slave node. Further, the advertisement frame ID management unit 2111c stores the time when the link ID is issued for the link between the node ID of the primary node and the node ID of the secondary node in the advertisement frame table 2123 in association with the node ID of the primary node. At the same time, it can be stored in the advertisement frame table 2123 in association with the node ID of the slave node.

<Means for managing banners>
The banner management unit 2111d realizes a function of issuing a banner ID uniquely assigned to each banner and storing and managing the banner ID when the banner of the advertisement information is arranged on the guide page related to the main information.

[Main information management means]
The main information management unit 2112 corresponds to the main information management unit 112 of the second embodiment, and performs the same process as the process for the node ID of the main node by the main concession hot spring management unit 112 for the main node related to the specific advertisement medium. This is executed as a process related to the node ID, and main information relating to the advertising medium is stored in the basic information table 2122 for each node ID of the main node. For example, the main information GUI unit 2112a displays a main information registration web page (main information registration page) shown in FIG. 46 and a main information confirmation web page (main information confirmation page) (not shown). The function of transmitting from the administrator system 1200 to the main user system 2200 and providing it is realized. Further, the main information management unit 2112 has a function of registering the main information entered by the main user from the main user system 2200 using the main information registration GUI for main information registration in the administrator system 2100. Realize. For example, the main information registration management unit 2112b uses the same process as the main information registration process (main user process) shown in FIG. 7 to transfer the main information transmitted from the main user system 2200 to the administrator system 2100. Realize the function to register in.

[Advertising management means]
The advertisement management unit 2113 corresponds to the subsidiary information management unit 113 of the first embodiment and is a function realizing unit for managing the advertisement information as the subsidiary information and the information about the advertisement frame as the main information. A GUI unit 2113a for advertisement, an advertisement information management unit 2113b, a sub URL counting unit 2113c, and an advertisement frame management unit 2113d are provided. In addition to these, the advertisement information management unit 2113 can include a unit that realizes other functions for managing the advertisement information and the advertisement space information.

<GUI means for advertising information>
The advertisement information GUI unit 2113a realizes a function of providing a user interface (GUI) for a sub user to use the sub user system 2300 to register advertisement information as sub information in the administrator system 2100. For example, the advertisement information GUI unit 2113a displays a web page for advertisement information registration (advertisement information registration page) shown in FIG. 47 or a web page (not shown) for confirmation of advertisement information (advertisement information confirmation page). A function of transmitting and providing from the administrator system 2100 to the sub-user system 2300 is realized.

<Advertising information management means>
The advertisement information management unit 2113b causes the administrator system 2100 to receive the advertisement information input by the sub-user from the sub-user system 2300 using the advertisement information registration GUI (advertisement information registration page and advertisement information confirmation page). Realize the function to register. For example, the advertisement information registration management unit 2113b uses the same processing as the processing for sub-information registration (processing for sub-users) illustrated in FIG. 13 to convert the advertisement information transmitted from the sub-user system 2300 to the administrator system 2100. Realize the function to store and register in.

<Link URL counting means>
The link URL counting unit 2113c corresponds to the sub URL counting unit 113c of the first embodiment, and the number of pieces of advertisement information to be linked (that is, the advertisement information A function of counting the total number of sub URLs of the advertisement information detail page, which is the number of links of the detail page, and storing the result in a predetermined storage unit is realized. That is, the link URL counting means 2113c realizes a function of counting only the advertisement information registered by the advertisement information registration processing by the advertisement information management means 2113b and storing it in a predetermined storage means.

<Ad space management means>
As described above, the advertising space management unit 2113d has a function of allocating one advertising information to each advertising space when storing one advertising medium into a plurality of advertising spaces, and storing and managing the advertising information in the advertising space table 2123. Realize.

[View management means]
The browsing management means 2114 performs the same processing as the browsing processing of the guidance page 115 regarding the node ID of the main node related to the specific article in Embodiment 2, and browses the guidance page regarding the node ID of the main node related to the specific advertising medium. This is executed as a process, and the browsing information of the main information relating to the advertising medium is stored in the browsing history table 1124 for each node ID of the primary node.

[Portal creation method]
In the third embodiment, the guide page creating means 2115 corresponding to the guide page creating means 115 of the first and second embodiments causes the guide page 2150 corresponding to the guide page 150 (posting the main information and the sub information) to be displayed. In addition to the creation, the portal creating means 2116 creates an advertising medium portal 2160 that provides information regarding all advertising media based on all the guide pages 2150. This advertising medium portal 2160 displays, for example, position information of all advertising media, the total number of advertising information posted on each advertising medium, and the total browsing number (total access number) of each advertising medium. It is provided for the purpose of facilitating the user to select an advertisement medium in which his/her advertisement information should be posted. For example, as shown in FIG. 45, the advertising medium portal 2160 displays, for example, the positions of all the advertising mediums on a map by pins, and the total number of advertising information corresponding to the pins of each advertising medium. And the total number of views (total number of accesses).

[Advertising medium owner SYS: information processing operation]
The information processing operation between the advertising medium main system 2200 and the administrator system 2100 having the above configuration is the same as the information processing operation between the main user system 200 and the administrator system 100 of the first embodiment. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 45, first, when the advertising medium owner wants to register the main information relating to his/her specific item in the administrator system 2100, the advertising medium owner uses the advertising medium owner system 2200. Then, similar to the registration of the main information in the first embodiment, the main information is input and transmitted to the administrator system 2100 (that is, the administrator inputs the main information in the main information registration page of FIG. 46). To the system 2100). In addition, the main user also applies to the administrator system 2100 for issuance of the node ID related to the main node, similarly to the application for the article ID in the first embodiment. On the other hand, the administrator system 2100 registers the main information as described above, issues a node ID corresponding to the main node, and transmits information on the fact to the main user system 2200. To do.

[Main information registration page]
As shown in FIG. 46, the main information registration page UI2020 has the following configuration change (due to different types of main information and sub-information in the third embodiment, The main information registration page UI20 of the first embodiment is basically configured (although corresponding), and the main user registers the main information related to his/her advertising medium via the main user system 2200. And a first pane (first display area) PN1 and a second pane (second display area) PN2. The first pane PN1 has a main information input area UI2021 and a content confirmation button UI25. The main information input area UI2021 has user IDs, user names, ID types of node IDs, medium main names, physical medium names, attributes 1 (for example, location conditions, etc.), and It has input fields for other required attributes.

Further, the main information input area UI2021 further has an input field for detailed information URL as an input field, and in the input field for this detailed information URL, a web page having detailed information of an advertising medium related to the main information as content ( For example, it is possible to enter the URL of a company-operated web page that publishes the data of the medium main information DB 2220 provided on the main user system 2200 side as content. The main information input area UI2021 has an approval mode input field UI2021A. Further, the main information registration page UI2021 has a shop image link input field UI22 of an advertising medium related to the main information. The shop image link input field UI22 has the same configuration as the product image link input field UI22 of the first embodiment.

[Approval function]
Here, the approval mode input field UI2021A has respective check fields of normal approval and deletion approval, and is designed to check either of the check fields. Specifically, the information providing system requests the sub-user system 2300 to request (apply) for posting and associating (with a link) the advertising information with respect to the main information of a specific advertising medium for the secondary information of a specific secondary user. Provide a function to allow the primary user to select whether or not to publish the secondary information on his/her own advertising medium (and whether to link to the primary information) when receiving. (That is, an approval means for realizing the function therefor is provided). As the approval function, there are a normal approval function (normal approval mode) and a deletion approval function (deletion approval mode) similar to those of the first embodiment. (That is, it provides a normal approval means and a deletion approval means for realizing those functions). That is, in the information providing system of the third embodiment, as the linking approval means, as in the case of the first embodiment, the normal approval means for executing the processing shown in FIG. 14 and the approval means shown in FIG. Deletion approval means for executing the processing may be provided.

[Link/access count display function]
The main information registration page UI2020 has, as display columns, a registration medium principal number display column UI2026, a total advertisement number display column UI2027, and a total access number display column UI2028 in the second pane PN2. The registration medium number display field UI2026 indicates the total number of advertisement media registered by the advertisement medium owner as the main user who has applied for registration of main information (and application for issuing node ID) to the administrator system 2100 up to now. Display the number. That is, the administrator system 2100 identifies the main user by the user ID, the number of registration media by the total number of node IDs, and the main information registration page UI2020 of the main user of the user ID. A function of displaying the number of registered media is realized in the registered medium number display field UI2026 of the second pane PN2 (that is, a registered medium number display means for realizing such a function is provided). Further, the total advertisement number display field UI2027 displays the total number of links (that is, the total number of advertisements) of the sub information linked with the main information related to all the registration media of the main user. That is, the administrator system 2100 specifies the main user by the user ID, specifies the total number of links of the sub information by the link URL counting means 2113c, and registers the main information of the main user of the user ID. A function of displaying the total number of links as the total number of advertisements in the total number-of-advertisements display field UI2027 of the second pane PN2 of the page UI2020 is realized (that is, a total number-of-advertisements display means for realizing such a function is provided. Exist). Further, the total access count display field UI2028 displays the total access count from the information viewer terminal 500 to all the guide pages regarding the main information related to all the registration media of the main user. That is, the administrator system 2100 identifies the main user by the user ID, identifies the total number of accesses to the guide page of the main information by the browsing/counting unit 2114b, and identifies the main user of the main user of the user ID. A function for displaying the total number of accesses in the total access number display field UI2028 of the second pane PN2 of the information registration page UI20 is realized (that is, a total access number display means for realizing such a function is provided). ..

[Advertising information registration page]
As shown in FIG. 47, the sub-information registration page UI 2040 has the following configuration change (due to the different types of the main information and the sub-information in the third embodiment). It has the same configuration as the sub information registration page UI 40 of the first embodiment (although corresponding), and the sub user registers the sub information related to his/her advertisement information via the sub user system 2300. And a first pane PN1 and a second pane PN2. The first pane PN1 has a sub information input area UI2042 and a content confirmation button UI46. The sub information registration page UI2040 has an advertisement medium main information display column UI2041 as a display column. The advertisement medium main information display field UI2041 automatically displays the main information to which the secondary information should be linked. For example, when the sub-user selects, through the sub-user system 2300, main information to which his sub-information should be linked (for example, the node ID of a specific advertising medium is read by the sub-user system 2300). (When read by the means), based on the node ID of the main information, the administrator system 2100 sets a part (for example, representative information) of the main information corresponding to the node ID to the main information registration management means 2112b. It is used and extracted from the basic information table 2122 and displayed in the main information display field UI2041.

Further, the sub information input area UI2042 is used as a sub information input field for inputting user ID, user name, link destination URL, link destination description, supplementary explanation, and other necessary attributes (not shown). Equipped with. The link destination URL is the URL of the advertisement information detail page as the subsidiary information of the subsidiary information linked to the main information. The link destination description is a simple description of the advertisement information detail page serving as the secondary information that is the link destination (for example, the advertisement target product name). The supplementary explanation is, for example, the content of the subsidiary information or the advertisement content of the store or the like. These input items are designed to be input directly. Further, the sub information input area UI2042 has a thumbnail image input field UI43 having the same configuration as that of the first embodiment. Also,

[Current access count/current advertisement count display function]
The secondary information registration page UI2040 has a current access count display field UI2047 and a current advertisement count display field UI2048 in the second pane PN2. The current access count display field UI2047 displays the total number of access to the guide page 2150 of the main information to which the secondary information is linked, up to the present. That is, the administrator system 2100 specifies the total number of accesses to the guide page 2150 of the main information by the browsing counting unit 2114b, and links the main information to the main information. The second pane PN2 of the sub information registration page UI2040. In the current access number display field UI2047, a function for displaying the current access number is realized (that is, a current access number display means for realizing such a function is provided). Further, the current advertisement number display field UI2048 displays the total number of links (that is, the total number of advertisements) of the advertisement information as the current (registered) subsidiary information in the guide page 2150 of the main information to which the subsidiary information is linked. indicate. That is, the administrator system 2100 specifies the total number of links of the sub information of the guide page 2150 of the main information by the link URL counting means 2113c, and links the sub information registration page UI2040 to the main information. A function of displaying the current advertisement number is realized in the current advertisement number display field UI2048 of the second pane PN2 (that is, a current advertisement number display means for realizing such a function is provided). As a result, the sub-user can obtain information about how many accesses the main information that links the sub-information of his/herself has at the time of linking, and information about how many advertisements have. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether or not to link the self-subordinate information to the main information in consideration of both the consumer interest degree information and the trader interest degree information.

[Information page (detailed version)]
As shown in FIG. 48, the guide page 2150 publishes the main information regarding one specific advertising medium, and also publishes the advertising information as all subsidiary information linked to the main information regarding the advertising medium. Web page to do. More specifically, the guide page 2150 is a user interface (GUI) UI 60 that can be browsed by the information viewer using the information viewer terminal 500. Advertisement medium main information is posted as main information, and advertisement information as sub-information. The configuration is the same as that of the guide page 150 according to the first embodiment except that "is posted".

[Outline of Configuration and Operation of Information Providing System According to First and Second Embodiments]
As described above, the information providing systems according to the first and second embodiments of the present invention include a specific article such as a product 410A as a physical medium, or an information printed matter 410B as a physical medium that provides information about a specific article. In particular, the article) is provided with ID media 411, 411a to 411n, and the administrator system 100, 1100 provides a specific article such as a product 410A as a physical medium or an information printed matter as a physical medium that provides information about the specific article. 410B (particularly the article) is managed by giving a local ID (article ID) that uniquely identifies the physical medium, and the main user system 200 acquires the local ID for its own specific physical medium. Then, the ID medium to which the local ID is assigned is attached to the specific physical medium and placed in the physical medium providing area 400, and the administrator system 100 provides the main information of the physical medium, and the sub-user system. 300 links the subsidiary information of its own product or store related to the master information of a specific physical medium to the master information of the physical medium, and the administrator system 100 provides the subsidiary information to the information viewer. The terminal 500 is configured to read the local ID of the ID medium of the specific physical medium of the specific physical medium providing area 400 to obtain the main information thereof, and also obtain the subsidiary information related to the main information. For example, by using the main information as basic information of a specific product and the sub-information as information of a store or the like that handles the product, it is possible to notify the main user of the physical medium providing area 400 at a specific location. It provides convenience such as providing the main information of a specific item to increase the interest degree of the user (own customer etc.) to the item, Providing related self-subordinate information and providing convenience such as increasing the interest degree of users (self-prospective customers, etc.) to the self-subordinate information, and providing it to users such as general consumers. For example, it is possible to obtain the main information of a specific article in the specific physical medium providing site 400 that the user visited by himself or herself, and to confirm the main information of this item later by time-series display or the like. To provide convenience.

[Outline of Configuration and Operation of Information Providing System of Third Embodiment]
On the other hand, the information providing system according to the third embodiment is applied to a store article 2410A such as a product serving as an advertising medium according to the present embodiment and an information display object 2410B such as a signboard also serving as an advertising medium according to the present embodiment. An ID medium 2411 similar to the ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n of the form 1 is attached. At this time, the advertisement medium owner as the main user uses the main advertisement medium owner system 2200 to acquire a unique local ID for the specific advertisement medium of the own from the administrator system 2100, and the local ID is The assigned ID medium is attached to the specific advertisement medium and placed in the advertisement medium providing area 2400. In addition, at this time, the administrator system 2100 assigns a local ID (place ID) that uniquely identifies the advertising medium to the store article 2410A or the information display object 2410B as the advertising medium, and manages it. Along with this, the administrator system 2100 provides main information, which is information for explaining the advertising medium, in the form of a guide page as a web page via a network (Internet or the like). After that, the advertiser as a sub-user uses the advertiser system 2300 to notify the advertisement medium owner having a specific advertisement medium from the administrator system 2100 via the advertisement medium owner system 2200 of his/her own advertisement information. On the guide page of the advertising medium (or linking the web page of its own advertising information to the guide page of the advertising medium). The advertising media owner uses the advertising media owner system 2200 to decide whether to accept the advertiser's request and send the result to the administrator system 2100, and if the request is accepted, the administrator system 2100. Publishes the advertisement information on the guide page of the advertisement medium (or links the web page of the advertisement information to the guide page of the advertisement medium). After that, the administrator system 2100 displays the advertisement information on the guide page of the main information (advertisement medium information) about the advertisement medium, or externally in such a manner as to display the advertisement information via a link on the guide page (Internet. (For example, via the network), the information viewer terminal 500 reads the local ID of the ID medium of the specific advertising medium of the specific advertising medium providing place 2400, and the administrator system 2100 The guide page of the advertising medium is provided so as to be freely displayed on the information viewer terminal, and the advertising medium advertising information is configured to be acquired. For example, for the advertising medium owner, it is in a specific place. By providing a specific advertising medium of the own advertising medium providing place 2400, and providing convenience such as being able to prompt the advertiser to place an advertisement on the advertising medium at that location, the specific advertising medium is provided to the advertiser. It provides convenience such as being able to select the advertising medium in the location of the item and post the advertisement information of the user, and increase the degree of interest of the user (self prospective customer, etc.) to the advertisement information of the user. For users such as persons, the advertisement information of the specific advertisement board of the specific advertisement medium providing place 2400 that the user dropped in is acquired on the spot, and the advertisement information of the advertisement medium of this place is later acquired. It provides convenience such as time-series display and confirmation.

[System Target]
Here, in the third embodiment, the advertisement medium owner who is the user of the advertisement medium owner system 2200 corresponds to the main user, and is, for example, a place or a prime location with a high effect of attracting customers (Shinjuku, Ginza, Tokyo). , Shibuya, etc.) and uses the store or building as the advertising medium providing place 2400, and, for example, an article (store article 2410A, etc.) arranged in the store or building, or the like. An information display object 2410B such as a signboard or a bulletin board attached to a store or a building is provided as an advertising medium. The advertiser, who is the user of the advertiser system 2300, corresponds to the sub-user and is, for example, a business operator who expects an effect of attracting customers at the advertisement medium providing place 2400 in a specific place, and the advertisement thereof. A local ID linked to the advertisement information about the product or store of the user who wants to advertise is attached to the advertisement medium of the medium providing place 2400. Then, the user of the information browsing terminal 500 is a target for attracting customers by the advertisement of the advertiser, and reads the local ID of the specific ID medium of the advertisement medium of the advertisement medium providing place 2400 in the place visited by himself/herself. , Get its advertising information. In the information providing system of the third embodiment, the medium main information corresponds to the main information of the information providing systems of the first and second embodiments, the advertisement information corresponds to the sub information, and the place ID corresponds to the article ID. Although the types of information to be managed (and to be processed) are different, basically, regarding the administrator system 2100, the advertising medium owner system 2200, the advertiser system 2300, and the advertising medium providing place 2400, It can be embodied as a configuration similar to that of the administrator systems 100 and 1100, the primary user system 200, the secondary user system 300, and the physical medium providing site 400 of the first and second embodiments.

[Business model of this information provision system]
In the business model using the information providing system according to the third embodiment, the advertising medium owner uses the advertising medium owner system 2200 to issue a venue ID for his own advertising medium (for example, a store in a specific place). Apply to the administrator system 2100 and register the main information of the advertisement medium (for example, the store name as the advertisement medium or the place of the store) in the administrator system 2100. At this time, which place is the advertisement medium? The location information for identifying the information is stored in the management information database 2120 of the administrator system 2100. This location information can be, for example, an address of an advertising medium, a store type name, or the like (for example, "bar in front of Shinjuku station" or the like), but it is preferable that the location information is latitude and longitude. At this time, the administrator system 2100 provides a guide page (a web page similar to the guide page of the first embodiment) having the main information of the advertising medium as content, and issues the URL of the guide page. .. Then, the advertisement medium owner attaches the place ID of the advertisement medium to the physical medium belonging to the advertisement medium. This physical medium is the store item 2410A or the information display object 2410B as described above, and a typical example of the store item is, for example, a product placed in the store, but other products may be used. On the other hand, the advertiser uses the advertiser system 2300 to permit the advertisement medium owner who owns the advertisement medium to permit the advertisement of the advertisement of his or her product or the like to be placed on the advertisement medium at a specific location (management. Based on the management information of the administrator system 2100) (via the GUI of the advertising medium owner system 2300), and the advertising medium owner publishes it (via the GUI of the advertising medium owner system 2300 based on the management information of the administrator system 2100). If permitted, the administrator system 2100 posts the advertisement on the requested advertisement medium (that is, links the URL of the advertisement page to a predetermined area such as a banner of the guide page of the advertisement medium). Then, the information browsing person reads the ID medium of the advertising medium physically visited (at a specific place) by using the information browsing terminal 500 to open the specific advertising page posted in the advertising medium. browse.

[First example of data classification method]
The information providing system according to the third embodiment, as a first example of the data classification method, performs the classification according to the action and the context, and thus has the configuration as shown in FIG. 49 (the third embodiment of the third embodiment). The information providing system of the first example). Specifically, in the information providing system of the first example, the information management database 2120A includes the physical node table 2121 (not shown in FIG. 49), the basic information table 2122, and the advertising space table 2123. On the other hand, an advertisement node table 2124A is provided instead of the advertisement node table 2124, and a classification table 2115 is further provided. The advertisement node table 2124A stores, as data, position information (for example, position information acquired by GPS) instead of the banner ID. The classification table 2125 also stores, as data, a node ID, a context, an action, and the like. The context CT1 is, for example, a seasonal event, for example, Christmas, 753, Valentine's day, or the like, or another context may be a context representing a situation such as tiredness. The action CT2 is a specific action such as general irradiation and includes eating, playing, spending time together, watching, and the like. In the information providing system according to the first example of the third embodiment, the management system 2100 uses the information management database 2120A to perform the advertisement for a specific behavior CT1 and a specific context CT2 for a specific advertising medium. The information is classified and the relevant data is stored in the advertisement node table 2124A. Thereby, the management system 2100 can classify and provide advertisement information for a specific advertisement medium for each specific action CT1 and specific context CT2.

[Second example of data classification method]
As the second example of the data classification method, the information providing system according to the third embodiment executes classification by the situation, and thus has the configuration shown in FIG. 50 (second embodiment of the third embodiment). Example information providing system). Specifically, in the information providing system of the second example, the information management database 2120 includes the physical node table 2121 and the like (not shown in FIG. 49), but instead of the advertisement frame table 2123, the advertisement frame is displayed. A table 2123A is provided, and a situation table 2117 is further provided. The advertisement frame table 2123A stores, as data, a situation ID instead of the situation, and also stores a banner ID of the advertisement node table 2124. The situation table 2127 also stores, as data, a situation ID and situation contents. The situation can have the same content as that of the context CT2, for example. In the information providing system according to the second example of the third embodiment, the management system 2100 uses the information management database 2120 to classify the advertising information for each specific situation regarding a specific advertising medium, The situation ID is stored in the advertisement node table 2124, and the situation content of the situation ID is stored in the situation table. Thereby, the management system 2100 can classify and provide the advertising information for a specific advertising medium for each specific situation. In the case of the example in FIG. 50, a plurality of situations are set for one advertisement frame (one-to-n relationship). The advertisement frame table 2123 is a table in which a plurality of advertisement frames are collected, but there may be one advertisement frame. Also, specific content (advertisement) is posted in the range of one advertisement frame. The situation table is a table in which advertisement frames are collected for each situation. As for the banner, one ID (banner ID) is given to the banner. Further, when the campaign period ends, the banner and the banner ID disappear from the corresponding advertising space. As for the advertising space, a person who wants to put it out as an advertisement purchases the advertising space. Further, the advertisement can be permanently posted (a permanent publication period can be provided) without providing a limited-time advertisement frame. This is effective when you want to carry out a campaign without limiting the period.

[Browsing history according to the second example of the data classification method]
In the information providing system of the second example, as shown in FIG. 51, the administrator system 2100 uses the data according to the classification to browse the advertisement information for each situation, for example, the browsing of the information browsing terminal 500. It can be displayed as the history 2131A. In this case, the browsing history 2131A displays the URL of the advertisement information in a list format for each situation (playing, eating, watching), and, for example, by performing a predetermined operation when the detailed content is desired (for example, It is also possible to display a detailed content screen 2131B of advertisement information for each situation (by clicking an icon provided in association with the browsing history). In this case, the history is arranged to appear from the newest one. In this case, it is possible to classify the campaigns and situations in combination.

[Display of the number of times accessed by the second example of the data classification method]
In the information providing system of the second example, as shown in FIG. 52, the administrator system 2100 uses the data according to the classification to create an advertisement medium sales screen for each advertisement medium for each situation and for each situation. The total number of accesses to the advertising medium along the time axis can be totaled based on the past access history information and displayed on the information viewer terminal 500. In this case, the number of accesses to the advertising medium can be displayed in a graph format along the time axis for each situation. Further, the administrator system 2100 can highlight a specific period TZ that is the peak total number of accesses on the time axis and display the advertisement space PR(n1, n2) that can be used in the period TZ. .. Accordingly, for example, in the advertisement frame of a specific advertising medium, the sub-user may place an advertisement in which his or her advertisement information is posted during a period TZ in which access is peaked in a specific situation last year (for example, Christmas season). It can be purchased as a frame. That is, in this case, the management system 2100 creates a campaign page of a specific situation, registers an advertisement medium (including a case where a banner or the like is included) on the page, displays the graph for each situation, and displays the period. Display TZ. That is, the number of accesses is plotted on a time axis for each campaign, the physical medium (physical node) is posted in the peak period/time period, and the period/time period can be purchased. In this case, for example, when the general consumer reads the ID medium (NFC or the like) of the advertising medium of interest with the information browsing terminal 500, the content of the campaign associated with the physical node (main node) is the mobile information terminal. Displayed as an advertisement at 500. For example, in this case, a person in front of the Shinjuku station (owner of a store or a house, etc.) registers his/her store or the like as an advertisement medium in this case. By doing this, a business operator (cake shop, etc.) of a certain industry does not need to have a physical store at that location (in front of Shinjuku station), while at the same time (it is easy for customers related to their business to gather, Advertising can be performed in a place where the effect of attracting customers is high. In addition, the graph in this case creates a different graph depending on the time. For example, in the case of a Christmas campaign, the number of visits to the Christmas campaign last year is displayed in a graph. (To have a campaign before Christmas this year.)

[Relationship between advertising space and advertisement]
In the information providing system according to the third embodiment, the relationship between the specific advertisement space and the individual advertisements can be a tree structure shown in FIG. 53, for example. Specifically, a plurality of advertisements 1151A, 1151B, 1151C can be associated with a specific advertisement frame 1151 in a tree shape.

Embodiment 4
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention uses the data generated by the administrator system 2100 of the information providing system according to the third embodiment as a data set to an external institution (for example, artificial intelligence). This is a configuration provided to an ad server company that provides advertisements by Specifically, in the information providing system, the management system 2100 has, as the information management database 2120, the same configuration as the management system 2100 of the second embodiment, and further includes a data set table 2125. The data set table 2125 stores, as data, a node ID, a node type, a data type (DATA_TYPE), an issue date, an attribute 1, an attribute 2,... Further, the management system 2100 has, as the information management unit 2110, the same configuration as the management system 2100 of the second embodiment, and further includes a data setting unit 2116. The data setting unit 2116 includes a data management unit 2116a and a data providing unit 2116b. Then, the management system 2100 edits the data created as in the third embodiment by the data management means 2116a of the data setting means 2116 as data of a specific format (for example, JASON), and the data providing means. 2116b provides the computer device of an external organization via a network or the like.

In the information providing system according to the fourth embodiment, the data managing means 2116a of the data setting means 2116 specifies, for example, the advertising medium of the node ID most accessed at a specific time, while the external medium (for example, , AI advertising), browse by specifying the condition, create a data set that meets the condition, and provide the data set to the computer device of the external institution by the data providing means 2116. Can be provided. Alternatively, in this case, the condition may be that the computer device for AI advertisement automatically submits to the data set means 2116 of the administrator system 2100. In this case, the administrator system 2100 confirms the time, the access number, and the node ID (of the main node related to browsing), who is making the advertisement, and in which segment (high school girl, housewife, etc.). A parameter such as where the user is accessing is specified, an appropriate data set is created according to the parameter, and the data set is output in a specific format (for example, JSON). For example, in the time zone of 11:00 to 12:00, what is the highest access, which is rank 1 to 10 in 11:00 to 12:00, and 11:00 to 12:00 are optional yen. Specify parameters such as or. Then, while the administrator system 2100 determines, by the data management means 2116a, where to place the advertisement, the demand side (AI advertisement company) specifies the condition. In addition, at this time, information may be collected by crawler patrol (for example, a time zone such as 12:00 to 13:00), and at this time, a data set regarding the remaining advertisement space may be provided. Alternatively, such processing can be performed for an advertisement frame having a certain number of accesses or more (for example, 10,000 or more accesses), a specific order, or an advertising frame in a specific time zone.

Embodiment 5
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention uses an outdoor signboard as an example of the physical medium (advertising medium) in the administrator system 2100 of the information providing system of the third embodiment. It is in the form of. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 55, the outdoor signboard BB100 as the advertising medium of the fifth embodiment is provided with a plurality of advertising frames 410a and advertising frames 410b, and in the vicinity of the advertising frames 410a and 410b. ID media 411a and 411b (NFC tags, etc.) are attached respectively. Then, the person viewing the outdoor signboard BB100 reads the ID media 411a and 411b by the information viewer terminal 500, and the corresponding advertisement is displayed. That is, by assigning different advertisement frame IDs to the ID media 411a and 411b, different advertisement information can be provided to the advertisement frames 410a and 410b. In this case, the ID media 411a and 411b store the advertisement space ID in addition to the node ID of the main node.

According to the information providing system of the fifth embodiment, the signboard advertisement by the signboard company is gradually disappearing in recent years, but since the signboard company owns the signboard (outdoor signboard, etc.) at a specific place, By creating an advertising space on a signboard, it is possible to make money by using this information providing system. It is also possible to place a seasonal advertisement for a signboard in a certain place. The conventional signboard is a physical medium, but when this information providing system is used, different advertisement information can be freely replaced by providing a link via the ID mediums 411a and 411b for specific advertisement information. it can. For example, when advertising specific advertising information at a specific time, a uniform company publishes a uniform advertisement at this time (spring), and no uniform advertisement is required at this time (winter). Instead, it will be possible for another company to advertise the sweater. Further, although the outdoor signboard is fixed to a specific place, according to the information providing system, the advertising content at a specific time (for example, spring time) is changed to the advertising content at another time (for example, winter time). The same ID medium (same advertising space ID) signboard can be used at different times (for example, spring and winter) simply by exchanging. That is, in this case, the advertising space ID of one ID medium is the same, but at a specific time, specific advertising information is assigned to that advertising space ID, and at another time, to the same advertising space ID. Assign different advertising information.

Sixth Embodiment
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention uses a signboard as an example of the physical medium (advertising medium) in the administrator system 2100 of the information providing system of the third embodiment. It is a form. In detail, as shown in FIG. 56, the signboard BB110 as the advertising medium of the sixth embodiment is provided with a plurality of advertising frames 410a and advertising frames 410b, and is provided near the advertising frames 410a and 410b, respectively. , ID media 411a, 411b (NFC tags, etc.) are attached. Then, the person who views the signboard BB110 reads the ID media 411a and 411b by the information viewer terminal 500, and the corresponding advertisement is displayed. That is, by assigning different advertisement frame IDs to the ID media 411a and 411b, different advertisement information can be provided to the advertisement frames 410a and 410b. In this case, the ID media 411a and 411b store the advertisement space ID in addition to the node ID of the main node. In this case, it is possible to change the size of the advertisement frame 410a and the advertisement frame 410b, change the publication time of advertisement information, and change the place of the advertiser. For example, the advertising space 410a is an advertising space related to a commercial advertisement of a store or the like at a specific place (for example, a store in front of Shinjuku station) at a specific time (for example, the Christmas season from December 20 to December 25), The advertisement frame 410b may be an advertisement frame related to a publicity advertisement of a store or the like in another place (for example, a store in front of Nagoya station) at the same time (for example, the Christmas season from December 20 to December 25). it can. Further, in this case, a plurality of advertisement frames can be purchased as a package. For example, when a cake shop has stores nationwide, a plurality of advertisement frames of one advertisement medium (ad frames relating to places in each region) can be collectively purchased in a package.

Embodiment 7
The information providing system using the physical medium according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention is, in the administrator system 2100 of the information providing system of the third embodiment, a display board of a specific store as an example of the physical medium (advertising medium). Is an embodiment using. In detail, as shown in FIG. 57, the display board BB120 as the advertising medium of the seventh embodiment is provided with a plurality of advertising frames 410a, advertising frames 410b and 410c, and the advertising frames 410a and 410b. Also, ID media 411a, 411b, 411c (NFC tags, etc.) are attached in the vicinity of the advertising space 410c, respectively. Then, a person who views the display board BB120 (for example, a visitor to the store) reads the ID media 411a, 411b, and 411c by the information browsing terminal 500, and the corresponding advertisement is displayed. That is, by assigning different advertisement frame IDs to the ID media 411a, 411b, 411c, different advertisement information can be provided for the advertisement frames 410a, 410b, 410c. In this case, the ID media 411a, 411b, 411c store the advertisement space ID in addition to the node ID of the main node. In this case, as in the seventh embodiment, it is possible to change the size of the advertising frames 410a, 410b, 410c, change the time when the advertising information is posted, and change the location of the advertiser. Further, in this case, the situation described in the third embodiment can be used. For example, in a specific event season (for example, Valentine season), the display board BB120 serving as a specific advertising medium can be configured to display an advertisement with contents corresponding to the advertising frames 410a, 410b, and 410c. In this case, different advertisers may purchase each of the advertisement frames 410a, 410b, 410c.

[Advertising medium sales screen after reading ID]
In the information providing system according to the seventh embodiment, when the information viewer terminal 500 reads the ID mediums 411a, 411b, 411c of the advertisement frames 410a, 410b, 410c, as shown in FIG. It may be configured to display the advertising media sales screen BB130. In this case, the advertising medium sales screen BB130 divides the advertising space 712 into a large advertising space in the center and small frames 710a, 710b, 710c, 711a, 711b, 711c on the left and right sides (or in the middle thereof). It is possible to configure a large frame and a high advertising cost, and to sell the small frames 710a, 710b, 710c, 711a, 711b, and 711c as a small advertising cost. The small frames 710a, 710b, 710c, 711a, 711b, 711c may be banner advertisements. In this case, for each frame, it is possible to make an automatic bid by a computer device or make a bid for an auction. When adopting a banner, first, the ID medium is read to display the advertising medium sales screen BB130, and by clicking a specific banner on the advertising medium sales screen BB130, the corresponding advertising page is displayed. Can be configured to. Further, in the case of the structure without the banner, the corresponding advertisement page can be displayed immediately when the ID medium is read.

[Physical Bookmark]
As described above, the information providing system of the present invention is a specific article, information printed matter, building, etc. in a specific place of a visit actually visited by information consumers such as general consumers and traders. By reading a local ID such as an article ID, a node ID, or a place ID associated with (linked to) the physical medium of No. 3, by the ID reading unit of the information viewer terminal 500, and browsing the main information, or In an extreme case, without browsing the main information by the information browsing terminal 500, the information corresponding to the main information described in the information printed matter as the physical medium for explaining the article or the like is browsed and the local of the article is browsed. Just by reading the ID, like the bookmark processing of a specific web page in the conventional WWW (World Wide Web), the specific article is registered as a favorite (bookmark), or its browsing history is stored. Or Then, based on the bookmark information, the information viewer performs a selection execution operation by clicking the link of the main information related to the particular bookmarked item with the mouse, or a browsing history of the past main information or a past local ID. Based on the reading history, the main information of the specific article is selected by executing a selective execution operation by clicking the link of the main information related to the specific article that was browsed in the past or read the local ID in the past. Can be called instantly and the main information web page can be accessed. Here, in the present invention, such a bookmark is called a "physical bookmark" in the sense that it becomes a bookmark (bookmark) attached to a physical medium such as an article. Note that, as described above, the main information of the physical medium such as a specific article can be called based on the browsing history in addition to the bookmark. However, even in the case of such browsing history, in the present invention, It is called a "physical bookmark".

[Information providing system using master-slave information]
In addition, in any of the above-described first to seventh embodiments, the information providing system of the present invention links the sub information to the main information related to the article or the like, and forms a pair of the main information and the sub information. Information providing system managed as information (sometimes referred to as "master-slave information utilization type information providing system")

[Information providing system using main information]
On the other hand, the information providing system according to the present invention can also be embodied as an information providing system using only main information (hereinafter, may be referred to as “main information utilizing type information providing system”).

Embodiment 8
The information providing system according to the eighth embodiment will be described below as a specific example of the main information utilizing type information providing system. As shown in FIG. 59 and FIG. 61, the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment is a first specific example of the information providing system using the physical bookmark. In the real world, a bookmark is provided for products that are physical media that you have actually seen and touched, and then you can purchase quickly and smoothly. System).). Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 62, the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment is a second specific example of the information providing system using the physical bookmark, in which a user such as a general consumer is a reality such as a travel destination. In the world, tourist guides of tourist sites actually visited (tourist guides in the form of information prints as physical media) and recipes that describe recipes of dishes that are unique to the tourist destinations (in the form of information prints as physical media) An information providing system of an information guide cooperation type (which may be referred to as an "information guide cooperation type information providing system") in which bookmarks (cooking recipes) can be bookmarked and then those guide information can be browsed quickly and smoothly. Can be embodied in

[Overall Configuration of Specific Example 1]
First, the overall configuration of the information providing system (net shop cooperation type information providing system) according to the first specific example of the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. An information providing system using a physical medium according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention is, as a first concrete example, an information viewer (for example, an administrator) 100, 1100 of the information providing system according to the first or second embodiment. Is a physical ID which is an example of a local ID attached to a specific product at a store (for example, a souvenir shop) at a specific place (for example, a tourist spot visited by a traveler) by the information viewer terminal 500. It is configured as an information providing system (an online shop cooperation type information providing system) that reads an article ID as an ID and makes it possible to purchase the article at an online shop at a later date based on the browsing history. In detail, as shown in FIG. 59, the administrator system 3100 of the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment has the same configuration as the administrator system 100 or 1100 according to the first or second embodiment, and further the purchasing means. 3200. For example, if a traveler visits a souvenir shop in a specific tourist destination and wants to purchase a specific product at that souvenir shop, he/she wants to purchase it at a later date because it becomes baggage. At this time, once the article ID 411 of the product 410A is read by the information browsing terminal 500, the administrator system 3100 stores the browsing history in the browsing history tables 124 and 1124 (such as in the first embodiment). Then, the administrator system 3100 requests the purchase screen BM110 to the administrator system 3100 by the traveler using the information viewer terminal 500 at a later date (for example, after returning home), and the administrator The system 100 provides the information viewer terminal 500 with a purchase screen (purchase page) BM 110. At this time, the purchase screen BM110 can be configured to display a browsing history screen format or a bookmark menu format to list the past browsed products of the traveler and display the list as a product list BM111. Then, the traveler selects a desired product from the called-up product list BM111, confirms the contents by the image IM or the like, and then selects and executes the purchase button PB, so that the administrator system 100 is displayed. Apply for a purchase. In this case, the administrator system 100 can create and provide the website of the online shop for this series of processing. The online shop in this case can be an online shop for individual products prepared for each product to be purchased by the traveler. In this case, the online shop is configured to handle only one product, and the same number of online shops will be provided for all products.

[Administrator system]
Specifically, in the information providing system (net shop cooperation type information providing system) using the physical medium according to the first specific example of the eighth embodiment of the present invention, the administrator system 3100 has the configuration shown in FIG. can do. In detail, this administrator system 3100 is provided with an information management unit and a management information database (DB) 3120, like the administrator systems 100, 1100, 2100 of the first to third embodiments, and further, the purchasing unit. 3200. On the other hand, the information management means and the management information database 3120 are provided with means and tables related to the main information of the administrator systems 100, 1100 and 2100 of the first to third embodiments, respectively, and means related to only the subordinate information. And the table is omitted. That is, the information management unit includes an ID management unit 3111, a main information management unit 3112, and a browsing management unit 3113, and further includes a bookmark page creation unit 3115 and a browsing page creation unit 3116. The administrator system 3100 further includes the purchase means 3200 (not shown in FIG. 60). On the other hand, the information management database 3120 includes a physical node table 3121, a basic information table 3122, and a browsing history table 3123.

[Separate function implementation means of administrator system]
The manager system 3100 is provided with the purchase unit 3200, so that the information providing system of the first specific example (net shop cooperation type information providing system) that handles product information for purchasing products at an online shop. Although the administrator system can be configured, as will be described later, the administrator system of the information providing system that handles information other than product information can also be configured. In this case, according to the type of information other than the product information, when a separate process such as a purchase process of the online shop cooperation type information system, which is not a simple web page browsing process, is required, the administrator system 3100 In addition to the configuration shown in FIG. 60, a configuration (function realizing means) for separately processing information other than the product information will be provided. On the other hand, in the case of the information guide cooperation type information providing system according to the second specific example, the administrator system 3100 may create a web page having the guide information of the tourist guide and the cooking recipe as contents. Since the creation processing can be realized by the browsing page creation means 3116, as will be described later, the administrator system 3100 has a separate configuration (function) for processing the guide information in addition to the configuration shown in FIG. It is not necessary to have any special means for realizing it.

[Information management DB: physical node table]
The physical node table 3121 of the information management DB 3120 is a table for storing and managing the physical ID and its related information. As the field name (column name or column name), the physical ID, user ID, location, It has URL1, URL2, issue date, valid flag, and other attributes (attribute 1,... ), and stores the respective values in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). Here, the physical ID of the physical ID table 3121 is an ID corresponding to the article ID of the first embodiment, and is a unique identifier (ID) assigned to each type of product. Further, the user ID stored in the physical node table 3121 is the seller of the product (and the operator of the online shop) as the main user of the present embodiment among the user IDs of the first embodiment and the like. It is a unique identifier (ID) assigned to each. The location is the geographical information or position information of the store where the product is present, and is composed of the address of the store or position information specifying the geographical position of the store by latitude and longitude. As for the location location, when the main user registers the basic information of his/her product in the administrator system 3100 as in the first embodiment, the geographical information such as the address of his/her shop or the location information is used. It can be registered. Further, URL1 is a unique URL issued for each type of product in association with the physical ID, and is used as a first URL for a bookmark confirmation page described later. The URL 2 is a unique URL that is issued for each type of product in association with the physical ID, and is used as a second URL for a product browsing page described later. The issue date is the date when the physical ID is issued. Further, the validity flag is a flag for determining validity or invalidity of the physical ID given to a specific product, like the validity flag of the first embodiment.

[Information management DB: Basic information table]
The basic information table 3122 is a table for storing and managing main information as basic information regarding a specific product to which a physical ID is added, and a physical ID and a user ID as field names (column names or column names). , Physical medium name (product name), image (product image), and other attributes (attribute 1, attribute 2, attribute 3,... ), and each value corresponds to each record (each tuple). Store in the field. Here, the physical ID of the basic information table 3122 is an ID having the same configuration as the physical ID of the physical node table 3121, and the stored data of the physical node table 3121 and the stored data of the basic information table 3122 are transmitted via the physical ID. Between them, a predetermined relational operation can be executed and desired data can be acquired. The user ID in the basic information table 3122 has the same configuration as the user ID in the physical node table 3121. Since the basic information table 3122 is a table for managing main information regarding a specific physical ID belonging to the main user, the user ID stored in the basic information table 3122 is basically a physical node. Similar to the user ID in the table 3121, it is the user ID of the main user. The product name is the product name of the specific product to which the physical ID is added. The image is a product image of a specific product with a physical ID. Other attributes such as the attribute 1 and the attribute 2 are, for example, information such as a product price and a product manufacturer.

[Information management DB: browsing history table]
The browsing history table 3123 is a table for storing and managing browsing history information (information similar to a log in a normal information system) acquired by reading the physical ID by the information browser terminal 500, and a field name. As the (column name or column name), the physical ID, the user ID, and the browsing time are stored, and the respective values are stored in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). Here, the physical ID of the browsing history table 3123 is an ID having the same configuration as the physical ID of the physical node table 3121 or the basic information table 3122, and the physical node table 3121 or basic information table 3122 is stored via the physical ID. A predetermined relational operation can be executed between the data and the data stored in the browsing history table 3123 to obtain desired data. The user ID of the browsing history table 3123 is a user ID given to the information viewer who uses the information viewer terminal 500, and is normally registered by user registration in the administrator system 3100 of the information providing system. This is the user ID that was created. The browsing time is typically the ID reading time, which is the time when the information viewer reads the physical ID of a specific product by the information viewer terminal 500, but When the information reader terminal 500 is provided with relevant information for reading when the ID is read, it can be set as the browse start time or the browse end time. Note that the browsing history table 3123 stores data other than the above-mentioned three types of data (that is, data constituting the ID browsing data described below, which is a set of data including a physical ID, a user ID, and a browsing time). Although the data may be stored, the data stored in the browsing history table 3123 is transmission data from the information browsing terminal 500, and the ID mediums 411 and 411a of the specific product can be stored in the browsing history table 3123 by the information browsing terminal 500, as described later. Since the data is automatically transmitted at the read timing, it is preferable to store only the above three types of data in order to simplify the structure such as the data structure.

[Information management means: ID management means]
The ID management means 3111 of the information management means is a function realizing means for issuing and managing physical IDs and URLs (URL1, URL2), and includes a physical ID issuing means 3111a, a URL issuing means 3111b, and an ID/URL managing means 3111c. Equipped with. Further, the physical ID issuing means 3111a has the same configuration as the article ID issuing means 111a of the second embodiment, and the main user system 200 deals with the administrator system 3100 for the products sold in its own store. A function of issuing the physical ID for the specific product, storing the physical ID in the article ID mediums 411, 411a to 411n, and giving the physical ID when the request is issued. Realize. Further, the URL issuing means 3111b realizes the function of issuing the URL1 and the URL2. More specifically, the URL issuing means 3111b, like the URL issuing means 111b of the first embodiment, when the physical ID is issued for a specific product, the URL issuing means 3111b uniquely corresponds to the physical ID and outputs the URL1 and the URL2. Is newly issued or an existing URL is assigned. The web page to which URL1 is assigned is the bookmark confirmation page, and the web page to which URL2 is assigned is the product confirmation page. Further, the ID/URL managing means 3111c is similar to the ID/URL managing means 111c in the first embodiment, for example, the physical ID issued by the physical ID issuing means 3111a and the URL1 and the URL2 issued by the URL issuing means 3111b. And a function for managing the above and the like and executing a predetermined relational operation using the physical ID and the URL1 and the URL2. Note that the ID management unit 3111 also realizes a function of storing and registering the physical IDs or URL1 and URL2 issued as described above in the physical node table 3121 in the same manner as the article management unit 111 of the first embodiment. .. Further, the ID management unit 3111 also has a function of automatically issuing the issue date when the physical ID is issued, storing the physical ID in the physical node table 3121, and registering the same, similarly to the article managing unit 111 of the first embodiment. Realize. Further, similarly to the article management unit 111 of the first embodiment, the ID management unit 3111 also realizes the function of storing and registering the validity flag of the issued physical ID in the physical node table 3121.

[Information management means: Main information management means]
The main information management unit 3112 of the information management unit has the same configuration as the main information management unit 112 of the first embodiment, is a function realizing unit for managing the main information, and includes the main information GUI unit 3112a and The main information registration management means 3112b is provided. The main information GUI unit 3112a is the same as the main information GUI unit 112a of the first embodiment, and the main user uses the main user system 200 to register the main information in the administrator system 3100. It realizes the function of providing GUI). The main information registration management means 3112b manages the main information input by the main user from the main user system 200 using the GUI for main information registration, similar to the main information registration management means 112b of the first embodiment. The function for storing and registering in the basic information table 3122 of the worker system 3100 is realized. That is, the main information management unit 3112 stores the physical medium name (product name), product image, etc. as the main information in the basic information table 3122 and registers the same as the main information management unit 112 of the first embodiment. To realize the function to do. Further, the main information management unit 3112 stores and registers the location of the main user's store, which is the location of the product, in the physical node table 3121 in the same manner as the main information management unit 112 of the first embodiment. Realize the function of.

[Information management means: browsing report management means]
The browsing management means 3113 of the information management means is a function realizing means for managing the browsing history information acquired by the reading of the physical ID by the information browsing terminal 500, and includes page transmission means 3113a, browsing counting means 3113b, And a bookmark managing means 3113c. When the information viewer uses the information viewer terminal 500 to read the physical ID of the product, the page transmitting unit 3113a displays a bookmark page for confirming the bookmark of the product to the information viewer terminal 500. A function of transmitting information (sometimes referred to as "BM page transmission function") and, when an information viewer uses the information viewer terminal 500 to confirm a specific product, the information viewer terminal 500 can On the other hand, a function of transmitting a browsing page for confirming the product (may be referred to as “browsing page transmission function”) is realized. For example, the bookmark confirmation page can have the configuration of the bookmark page UI 70 shown in FIG. 62, and the product browsing page can have the configuration of the browsing page UI 80 shown in FIG. 63.

In addition, the browsing/counting unit 3113b counts the total number of the physical IDs read by various information viewers using the information browser terminal 500 for one specific product as the total number of browsing related to the product. The function of storing in a predetermined storage means is realized. In addition, in the administrator system 3100 of the eighth embodiment, the browsing/counting unit 3113b may be omitted for simplification of the configuration. However, when the browsing/counting unit 3113b is provided, it is possible to provide the main user with own product. It can provide information to determine the popularity and interest of consumers (by the total number of views). Further, the bookmark managing unit 3113c, similar to the bookmark managing unit 114 of the first embodiment, after the information viewer completes the bookmark process on the bookmark confirmation page UI70 regarding a specific product by the information viewer terminal 500, The information viewer terminal 500 is provided with a bookmark management function for managing the bookmark information of the product related to the product. In the administrator system 3100 of the eighth embodiment, the bookmark managing means 3113c may be omitted to simplify the configuration.

[Bookmark page creation method]
The bookmark page creation means 3115 creates the bookmark page UI 70 to be transmitted to the information viewer terminal 500 when the information viewer uses the information viewer terminal 500 to read the physical ID of a specific product. A function (sometimes referred to as a "BM page creation function") is realized. The bookmark page UI 70 can be a web page having a single configuration (same configuration) as shown in FIG. 62 regardless of the type of product. That is, as shown in FIG. 62, the bookmark page UI 70 having this configuration simply displays “bookmark” as a confirmation dialog having the same display content for the information viewer who has read the physical ID from the information viewer terminal 500. It is possible to select whether or not to carry out, by making a binary choice (“Yes” or “No”, etc.). The bookmark page UI 70 is a web page specified by the first URL (URL1), and is a web page created and stored in advance by the bookmark page creating means 3115 by the administrator system 3200. be able to.

[View page creation method]
The browsing page creating means 3116, when the information viewer uses the information browsing terminal 500 to confirm the products bookmarked in the past or the like, transmits the products to the information browsing terminal 500. A function of creating a browsing page UI 80 for confirmation of (see “Browsing page creating function”) is realized. The browsing page UI 80 can be a web page including a first pane P1 and a second pane P2, as shown in FIG. 63. In the first pane P1 of the browse page UI80, a calendar-type browse screen CA1 similar to the article browse page CA shown in FIG. 23 is displayed. Further, in the second pane P2 of the browsing page UI80, the bookmark title of the physical ID bookmarked within the period of the calendar displayed in the first pane P1 (for example, in the case of a monthly calendar, the displayed month). The bookmark list BML that enumerates is displayed. The details of the browsing page UI 80 created by the browsing page creating unit 3116 will be described later.

[Attaching method of physical ID (first specific example)]
In the information providing system (net shop cooperation type information providing system) of the first specific example of the eighth embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 61, in a store displaying a specific product as a specific physical medium, A unique physical ID is given to an ID medium (physical ID medium) for each type of various products arranged in the display corner, and the ID medium is arranged and attached at a position corresponding to each type of product. At this time, as described in the first embodiment, the ID medium 411 including an NFC tag or a two-dimensional bar code is directly attached to the product 410A, which is a kind of the physical medium of the present invention (for example, on the product label or tag). 61, for example, as shown in FIG. 61, with respect to many kinds of products 410A arranged on the display shelves of the store, unique physical IDs issued corresponding to each kind of products 410A are stored. The ID medium 411a is attached to the information printed matter 410B, which is another type of physical medium, by printing, pasting, or the like, and the information printed matter 410B is fixedly arranged at a position corresponding to each type of product 410A (for example, , The uppermost position or the frontmost position of a group of products 410A that are arranged one above the other or stacked in front and back, and placed on the packaging of the sample product 410A, or immediately before the group of products 410A. It can be placed as a product pop or attached). In this case, the information printed matter 410B displays, for example, main information (for example, a product name, a product name, a price, etc.) of the product 410A, and displays it near the position (side, etc.) where the main information is described. The ID mediums 411 and 411a having unique physical IDs assigned to the product 410A are attached, for example, the ID medium 411a having a physical ID formed of a two-dimensional barcode is attached by printing. In addition, in the information providing system of the concrete example of Embodiment 1 of the eighth embodiment, the physical ID of the ID medium 411, 411a is set by the information viewer terminal 500 at a position (eg, above) near the ID medium 411, 411a. By reading, the text (for example, "you can buy later") indicating that the product 410A can be purchased later (that is, the product 410A can be bookmarked by using the information providing system of the present invention) is printed or the like. It can also be attached by. Furthermore, in the information providing system of the first specific example of the eighth embodiment, when the ID medium 411a composed of a two-dimensional bar code is used, the ID medium 411a is configured depending on the specifications of the two-dimensional bar code system. Since an image such as an icon (which does not form the barcode code information) can be printed in the center of the two-dimensional barcode, for example, an image printing of the product name or product image of the product 410A provided with the ID medium 411a. The section CH can also be provided by printing in the central portion of the ID medium 411a.

[Physical ID attachment method (second specific example)]
In the information providing system (information guide cooperative information providing system) of the second specific example of the eighth embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 62, a guide such as a specific tourist guide or a cooking recipe as a specific physical medium. Placed at the display/distribution corner of the guide printed information at the place where the printed printed information is displayed or distributed (tourist guidebook, service area, parking area, roadside station, etc. Sometimes referred to as “display/distribution place”) A unique physical ID is given to an ID medium (physical ID medium) for each type of various guide information printed matter, and the ID medium is arranged and attached at a position corresponding to each type of guide information printed matter. At this time, as described in the first specific example, the guide information printed matter 410A (as an article), which is a kind of the physical medium of the present invention, includes an NFC tag or a two-dimensional bar code (for example, on its cover). The ID medium 411 may be directly attached. Alternatively, as described in the first embodiment, one or more pieces of guide information (contents of a tourist guide or contents of a cooking recipe) are described in the information printed matter (poster or the like) 410B, and each guide in the information printed matter 410B is described. ID media 411a to 411n storing unique physical IDs issued corresponding to each guide information are attached to the side of the information summary by printing or pasting, and the information printed matter 410B is attached to a specific position (display). It can also be installed fixedly in place). Further, in the information providing system of the second specific example of the eighth embodiment, when the ID mediums 411 and 411a composed of two-dimensional barcodes are used, it is performed in the same manner as the image printing section CH of the first specific example. For example, an image printing section including iconic information (for example, a tourist mark or the like) of the guide information printed matter 410A provided with the ID mediums 411 and 411a can be provided by printing in the central portion of the ID mediums 411 and 411a.

[Bookmark processing]
Bookmark processing by the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment (including the first and second specific examples) will be described with reference to FIG. 63. First, when an information viewer such as a traveler is interested in a specific product 410A at a visited store such as a travel destination and wants to purchase the product 410A at a later date, or an information viewer such as a traveler. Is interested in a guide information printed matter 410A (or an information printed matter 410B on which one or more guide information is printed) such as a specific tourist guide or a cooking recipe at a tourist information center of a travel destination or the like, and leaves the guide information later. 62, the information viewer uses the information viewer terminal 500 to physically display the ID medium 411, 411a of the product 410A or the guide information printed matter 410A (or the information printed matter 401B) as shown in FIG. The ID is read (STEP 91: ID reading process). Then, the bookmark page UI 70 shown in FIG. 62 is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information browser terminal 500 (STEP 92: confirmation screen display process). Here, the confirmation screen display processing of the bookmark page UI 70 in the information browsing terminal 500, for example, when the information browsing device reads the physical ID of the product 410A or the like with the information browsing terminal 500, the information is displayed according to HTTP. A request for the bookmark page UI 70 of the first URL (URL 1) is sent from the viewer terminal 500 to the administrator system 3100, and as a response thereto, the administrator system 3100 sends the bookmark page UI 70 to the information viewer terminal 500. Achieved by sending.

Next, in the above confirmation screen display process, when the information viewer executes the selection execution process (click the “Yes” button or the like) for confirming that the bookmark is made on the bookmark page UI 70, the information viewer terminal 500 Data (“ID browsing data”) including the physical ID of the product 410A, the user ID of the information viewer, and the browsing time of the product (that is, the reading time of the ID medium 411, 411a of the product 410A). Is transmitted to the administrator system 3100 using a predetermined transmission method such as a Post method of HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) (STEP 93: browsing data transmission processing). In this browsing data transmission process, the HTTP Get method can be used as the transmission method, but it is preferable to use the Post method in terms of security. Then, the browsing management means 3113 of the administrator system 3100 refers to the user ID of the ID browsing data as the received data, identifies the information browser as the transmission source of the ID browsing data, and the user ID thereof. In association with, the physical ID and the browsing time of the ID browsing data are stored in the browsing history table 3123 (STEP94: ID browsing data storage processing). Here, the ID data transmitting process and the ID data storing process are to be executed immediately when the ID is read, without displaying the bookmark page UI 70 on the information viewer terminal 500 and confirming the information viewer. However, in this case, a security problem may occur. Therefore, it is preferable to execute the confirmation screen display process for temporarily displaying the bookmark page UI 70 as the confirmation screen as described above.

[User registration process]
Here, in the bookmark process, it is premised that the information viewer has registered as a user in the administrator system 3100. Therefore, the information viewer has not been registered by the user before the ID browsing data transmission process. If it is determined, the administrator system 3100 transmits a user registration screen prompting user registration to the information viewer terminal 500 and displays it on the viewing screen 530. Whether or not the information viewer is a user registration can be determined by, for example, whether or not there is a login from the information viewer terminal 500 to the administrator system 3100, and from the information viewer terminal 500 by the ID reading process. When the administrator system 3100 determines that the information browsing terminal 500 is not logged in when the request is transmitted to the administrator system 3100, the administrator system 3100 uses the user administrator means 140, for example. A screen prompting login (login screen) or a screen prompting user registration (user registration screen) is transmitted to the information viewer terminal 500 and displayed on the viewing screen 530 of the information viewer terminal 500. Here, if the information viewer has already registered as a user, he/she logs in using the login screen. Send to the administrator system 3100. Thereby, the administrator system 3100 automatically issues a unique password (PW) to the user ID of the information viewer by using the user management means 140, for example, and associates it with the user ID. It is stored in the user information table 125.

[Browse page]
The browsing process after the bookmark process by the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment (including the first and second specific examples) will be described with reference to FIGS. 64 and 65. First, the browsing page UI 80 used in this browsing process will be described in detail. In the browsing process, the administrator system 3100 creates and updates an individual browsing page UI80 for each user ID of the information browsing user, and the individual browsing page UI80 is updated (in accordance with the request of the information browsing user). The browsing page UI 80 is transmitted to the information browsing terminal 500 of the information browsing user. In detail, the browsing page UI 80 uses the information browsing person for each information browsing person who has a specific user ID (that is, completes user registration in the administrator system 3100) by the browsing page creating means 3116. Based on the bookmark information created by referring to the person ID and registered by the information viewer, the bookmark title specific to the information viewer has a purchase page of the product or the information page of the guide information related to the bookmarked physical ID. Is displayed in chronological order on the browsing screen CA1 with a link to (i.e., the URL of the information page as a link destination). For example, in the example of FIG. 64, the browsing screen CA1 is created as a calendar of the year (for example, January 2016) when the information viewer is browsing (current time), and the browsing screen of the information browsing terminal 500 is displayed. It is transmitted to 530 and displayed. Note that the browsing screen CA1 can be created as a calendar for a year other than the current year, or the current year can be used as an initial display and the past years can be sequentially called. Good. Note that the browsing page may have any configuration such as a simple time-series list display in addition to the calendar format configuration shown in FIG. 64, but from the viewpoint of convenience during browsing, Calendar format is preferred. In other words, the calendar is one of the easy-to-understand expressions that is common to all people, and places that you drop in on during a trip are often stored in two axes: location and time. It is considered to be the best for.

Further, in a specific date field of the calendar of the browsing screen CA1, a bookmark title (for example, a product name as a bookmark title, a tourist guide information name as a bookmarked physical ID unique to the information viewer of the browsing screen CA1) is displayed. , Cooking recipe name, etc.) are displayed. In addition, for example, when a bookmark is made to a product, the bookmark title is displayed with a link to the purchase page (net shop) of the product by the purchase means 3200 (that is, with the URL of the purchase page as the link destination), and the guide is displayed. When information (tourist guide information or cooking recipe information) is bookmarked, a link to the guide page of the guide information (tourist guide information or cooking recipe information) is added (that is, the URL of the guide information browsing page is used as the link destination). Is displayed. In the example of FIG. 64, the product names and the cooking recipe names as bookmark titles are displayed with links in the date fields of January 5, 13, and 29, respectively. Furthermore, in the margin portion (upper margin portion) of the browsing screen CA1, a filter list FL for displaying the bookmarked products and the guide information by the information viewer relating to the browsing page UI80 by filtering is displayed. .. On the other hand, in the second pane P2 of the browse page UI80, a bookmark list BML that displays a list of products and guide information bookmarked by the information viewer related to the browse page UI80 is displayed.

[Browse processing]
Next, a browsing process using the browsing page UI 80 by the information providing system of the eighth embodiment (including the first and second specific examples) will be described in detail. First, when the information viewer wants to browse his/her bookmarked information, for example, he accesses the home page UI 75 of the administrator system 3100, and from the menu screen MN, a menu for browsing processing (for example, "browser browsing"). A menu item having a title) is selected and executed (STEP 101: browsing start process). Then, the browsing page UI 80 as shown in FIG. 64 is transmitted and displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the information browser terminal 500 (STEP 102: browsing page display processing). At this time, the information viewer transmits his/her user ID to the administrator system 3100 by the login process (using the home page UI 75, for example). Therefore, the administrator system 3100 refers to the user ID by the browsing page creating means 3116, and uses the physical ID associated with the user ID from the browsing history table 3123 as bookmark information unique to the information browser. And the date information of the browsing time associated with the physical ID are extracted to create the browsing page UI 80 (STEP 102A: browsing page creating process). At this time, the browsing page creating means 3116 displays the browsing screen CA1 in a calendar format (STEP 102A1: browsing screen display process), and also displays the filter list FL in the first pane PN1 of the browsing page UI 80 (STEP 102A2: filter). (List display processing), and the bookmark list BML is displayed in the second pane PN2 (STEP 102A3: bookmark list display processing). Here, in the calendar-type browsing screen CA, among the bookmark titles of products and guide information bookmarked by the information viewer in the past, the bookmark title relating to the monthly bookmark of the browsing screen CA1 is the date of the bookmark. The link is displayed in the corresponding date field. Further, in the bookmark list BML, among the bookmark titles of products and guide information bookmarked by the information viewer, the bookmark titles related to the monthly bookmark on the browsing screen CA1 are displayed in a list format with the link. As the bookmark title, a physical medium name (as main information) associated with the physical ID in the basic information table 3122 (product name or guide information name) can be used. Further, in the bookmark list BML, a period range different from the month of the browsing screen CA1 in the bookmark titles of the product bookmarked by the information viewer and the guide information, for example, a predetermined period range including the month of the browsing screen CA1 (for example, Bookmark titles related to bookmarks in the past 3 months or the like may be displayed in a list format with the link.

[Filtering]
On the other hand, the filter list FL displays the names (physical medium names) of the physical media to which the physical IDs scheduled by the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment are attached by type (or category) in a list format. By selecting and executing the physical medium name of any type by mouse clicking or the like, as the bookmark title displayed on the browsing screen CA1, only the physical medium name of the selected type is filtered and browsed. Only the physical medium name of the type related to the selection is filtered as the bookmark title displayed again on the screen CA1 (other types of physical medium names are hidden on the browsing screen CA1) and displayed on the bookmark list BML. It is processed and displayed again in the bookmark list BML (other types of physical medium names are hidden in the bookmark list BML) (STEP 104: filter processing).

[Link information display process]
When the information viewer selects and executes one of the bookmark titles on the browsing screen CA1 or the bookmark list BML by clicking the mouse or the like, the information viewer terminal 500 causes the URL of the information page linked to by the bookmark title to be, for example, The request is made using the HTTP get method, and as a response thereto, the administrator system 3100 transmits the information page to the information browsing terminal 500 and displays it on the browsing screen 530 (STEP 105: Link destination information display). processing). For example, when the physical medium is a product, the administrator system 3100 uses the information management means to display the purchase page of the single product (that is, the web page of the online shop of the single product) for which only the product is to be purchased. Send. This purchase page can be, for example, a web page in which the purchase page BM110 shown in FIG. 59 is configured with only a single product. Further, when the physical medium is guide information, the administrator system 3100 transmits a guide information page having detailed information of the guide information as content, as shown in FIG. 62, by the information managing means. This guide information page can be, for example, a tourist guide information page UI80A as shown in FIG. 62(a) when the physical medium is a tourist guide, and can be shown in FIG. 62(a) when the physical medium is a cooking recipe. It can be a cooking recipe information page UI 80B as shown.

[Time series display update processing]
When the information viewer selects and executes one of the bookmark titles on the browsing screen CA1 or the bookmark list BML by clicking the mouse or the like, the administrator system 3100 displays the main information (product information or guide information) of the physical medium related to the bookmark. At the time of the selection, it is determined that the information is of high interest to the information viewer, and the time series display of the bookmark title on the viewing screen CA1 is updated (STEP 106: time series display update processing). Specifically, as described above, the bookmark title is displayed on the browsing screen CA1 in chronological order with reference to the date when the information viewer actually bookmarked (that is, the physical ID was read), and basically, Is displayed in the date field of the actual bookmark. On the other hand, the bookmark of the physical medium bookmarked by the information viewer in the past year/month is displayed on the browse screen CA1 of the past year/month, but in this case, the information viewer is Date), the browsing screen CA1 of the past year is called, the bookmark title of the browsing screen CA1 is selected and executed, and when the information page related to the bookmark is browsed, the past bookmark title is On the browsing screen CA1 of the current year and month, it is additionally displayed in the date column corresponding to the current date. For example, as shown in FIG. 65, when the product “Akafuku” is actually bookmarked on January 29, 2016, which is the past time, the information viewer has the current date, August 6, 2016. In the case of selecting and executing "Akafuku" in the date column on January 29 of the browsing screen CA1 of January 2016 in January 2016, the bookmark title of the product "Akafuku" is the current time on the browsing screen CA1 of August 2016. Is additionally displayed in the date column of August 6, 2016 as.

[Product Cart]
As described above, the information providing system according to the first specific example of the eighth embodiment assigns a physical ID for each type of product, and thereby purchases various products via the purchasing unit 3200 of the administrator system 3100. Although it enables purchase, in this case, the administrator system 3100 provides a single shopping cart (purchase candidate) dedicated to the information viewer for each type of product bookmarked by one information viewer. The products can be collectively stored and stored on a web page for making them available for purchase. That is, in this case, the administrator system 3100 provides such a shopping cart for each user ID, and each time the information viewer of the user ID bookmarks a specific product, the administrator system 3100 displays the physical ID of the product. The product can be stored in the shopping cart, and an arbitrary product can be purchased from the products stored in the shopping cart.

[Effect]
While traveling, for example, a user may look into a souvenir shop or the like attached to the service area (SA) or parking area (PA) of a highway or a roadside station of a general road during a trip. , In many cases, on the way out or in the middle of a trip, the purchase is not complete. The reason is that I often want to see souvenirs from the places I will be visiting, as it is simply a baggage, and the place to buy naturally is often the place I dropped in on the last day or the airport. Even if you find something that looks good on your trip, it is hard to buy it. Therefore, in the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment, an ID medium such as a QR code or an NFC tag is physically arranged at a place where products such as souvenir shops and product exhibitions are displayed at a travel destination, and a smartphone or the like is used. By accessing the QR code and NFC reader attached to the URL, the URL associated with them can be bookmarked on a smartphone. By using the mechanism of this information providing system, a traveler can easily register a page (in this case, an online shop) associated with the product as a favorite by reading the QR code or the NFC tag with a smartphone or the like. By recording the products in the places you stopped by during your trip as favorites, you can compare and purchase them on the last day of your trip.

[Applicable scene]
As a specific provision scene of the information providing system of the eighth embodiment, as in the first concrete example, a scene in which an actual shop (shop) is linked to an online shop, and a second concrete example are described. , There is a scene of information transmission of facilities such as roadside stations, SA/PA, and tourist information centers that have information station functions in the vicinity. That is, although pamphlets and guidebooks are placed at this roadside station, SA/PA, tourist information centers, etc., it is somewhat difficult for travelers to carry individual paper media. In the end, I will take a walk based on the results of the website and other research. Therefore, in the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment, a pamphlet, a guidebook, and the like are digitized, the information providing system is placed in a tourist information center, and the information of a point slightly ahead of the current location where the user is going to travel is bookmarked. This makes it a guidebook that travelers can easily take out anytime. In addition to being able to provide the latest information, the facility also has the advantage of saving printing and binding fees and the effect of being able to attract tourists who want to use this function. Further, it becomes possible to continuously transmit information to the person who has used the bookmark by mail delivery or the like when new information is uploaded.

[Advantages of First and Second Specific Examples]
Since the access medium has been moved from the PC to the smartphone, the user can access any information at any time, but that does not mean that the user accesses the information only at that location. After returning to the inn, there are times when I want to try again.
When traveling, it is convenient to have a system where you can easily access and bookmark things that interest you and remember them anytime, anywhere. For example, if it is provided as a mechanism for easily providing information to foreign tourists who visit the Tokyo Olympics, etc., it is possible to continuously guide tourists to nearby tourist destinations. In addition, most of the conventional AR technologies that are currently being used as an aid to tourist information are created only for doing something "at that location" using a smartphone or the like. However, since a journey does not end at that place, it is often necessary to browse what was viewed at that place again at another place. Even at the souvenir net shop as an example, it is not always necessary at that time, but there are many things that will be needed later. On the other hand, according to the information providing system of the eighth embodiment, for example, it is possible to bookmark what the user actually sees and likes, and to easily carry information such as sightseeing spots. It has the advantage that the latest information can be provided.

[Comparison with conventional technology]
In the case of a system using a conventional QR code or NFC, the similar mechanism is merely to simply display the content of the URL embedded in the code, but in this project, this is not the case. Even though it is used, the scope of application is different because the main purpose is to bookmark it effectively and encourage reuse. In addition, AR technology, which has been widely recognized in AR-based video games, is used for navigation in sightseeing spots, guides in tourist facilities, stamp rallies, etc. It can be said that the hurdle to introduction is high in the case of an organization with a shortage. In the case of this project, only the existing Web technology is used, and it is not even necessary to create a special application. In addition, the usage method is simple and you only have to physically attach the QR code or NFC "tag" used in this project to the place where you want tourists to visit. In principle, stamp rally and guide Navigation and the like can be performed in the same manner, and since only a normal browser is prepared from the user side, it can be used in various ways easily and inexpensively. Further, this information providing system reads the URL (link destination) embedded in the "tag" with a smartphone or the like, and at the same time bookmarks (strictly speaking, the URL for the bookmark embedded in the tag and the link destination are different. ), so you can browse anytime as long as you have an internet connection. Therefore, it is superior to the one using the conventional AR technique in that it can be used even if it is read away from the place and is not restricted by the place. Even if the smartphone is a "portable Internet medium", if the current AR technology is used, the information can be browsed only within a limited range, and the information unique to the location can be obtained. , You can't carry it around. The superiority of data is also greater than the conventional one. A bookmark is actually a log that keeps track of which user was interested in what, where, when and when. The act of bookmarking is not just about going to that place, it really shows what you're interested in. (Probably because I access the QR code and NFC, I'm interested in the thing.) This is to put the tag in many places and simply let the smartphone do the action. Then, nothing but "who", "where", "what" and "when" were interested. There is no concept of "place" in conventional Internet access analysis. If this technology spreads widely and data is collected, it is even possible to provide artificial intelligence with big data for predicting behavior patterns and trends of travelers as an information product.

That is, according to the information providing system of the eighth embodiment, not only information can be easily accessed with a smartphone or the like, but also the information obtained once can be easily reused, which is cheaper and easier to use than the AR technology. Compared with AR technology, users are not restricted by location and time when using, they can acquire behavioral tendencies of users such as travel destinations as data without requiring many facilities, and the installation location is fixed. Therefore, if the position information of the installed place is recorded beforehand as data, the advantage that even GPS is not required can be expected.

[Scope of application]
The information providing system according to the eighth embodiment can be applied to, for example, utilization in a retail store, and can be applied to the product itself sold in the store. That is, by providing a tag at the product sales floor that is sold at the store, the user can purchase a favorite product later by bookmarking and registering it as a favorite without purchasing at that location. Build a mechanism. (For example, an online shop with only one item tied to a tag.) Also, for example, by providing a mechanism that allows travelers to bookmark local specialties and special products, travelers can use them at the end of their journey. When you need it, you can select the required number and purchase the required number. As a result, it can be assumed that it will be possible to make a profit from those who have not considered purchasing souvenirs on the way of travel. In addition, the survey results show that more than half of the places where "gifts" such as birthday gifts for mother's day and parents are purchased are on the Internet, so the Internet is often used for gifts. However, one of the worries when purchasing on the Internet is that "it may be different from your imagination because you can not actually see the product." By using this information provision system, you can record what you see and like with your own eyes one after another on the Internet like a notebook, so you can use it not only to select souvenirs for your trip, If you decide what you like along the way, when you decide to purchase "mid-year gifts, year-end gifts and other gifts""reward to yourself" etc., give something you see and like with your own eyes Can be purchased. The mechanism of this information provision system is that once you register as a user, you can purchase by simply entering your password without having to enter information such as your address when purchasing products. It is more convenient than using a separate online shop. Many of the current online shops have a monthly fee system, and there is a psychology that "the store does not know if it sells, but it takes a monthly fee" from the stores that use it. When building a shop, basically we do not set a monthly fee, we plan to charge a small introduction fee (a few thousand yen) and the sold product in the form of "% of sales", It is expected that the introduction hurdle will be lowered. (For stores that already have an online shop, you can provide only the link to the product and collect it as affiliate income from this information system if it leads to conversion.)

Further, as described above, the information providing system of the eighth embodiment can be expected to be utilized in road SA/PA and roadside stations, and can also be expected to be deployed as a tourist information transmission function in the surrounding area. In other words, it can be used as a value-added item for information that depends on the land, such as recording a pamphlet for tourist information as described above. For example, a local recipe or the like unique to the land is placed in a tourist information center or the like, and the recipe is recorded as a bookmark when the user accesses the tag at the destination. Some of the special products sold at roadside stations have their own cooking methods. If the agricultural products used in the recipes obtained at tourist information centers are sold at roadside stations, there is a possibility that they will encourage purchase. In the recipe, you can introduce the roadside station where the ingredients are sold.

[Information providing system according to the third embodiment]
The information providing system according to the third embodiment can be expected to be utilized as a new advertisement model and can be expected to be developed as big data including “place”. In other words, if the culture of access to tags such as smartphones is established, placing tags in places will have great significance. For example, it is possible to place a tag at a coffee shop or the like having a store in Shinjuku and sell the tag as an advertising space. In that case, the tag in the coffee shop acts like a tourist information board, so advertisers who want to display advertisements to people who access the place all advertise and the coffee shop owner puts the tag there. You can earn advertising revenue just by leaving it. For that purpose, it is necessary to disclose which tag, which time zone, and how many people are accessing it in a form that can be read by humans and artificial intelligence. By doing this, the marketer and the artificial intelligence will be able to select an ad frame suitable for the advertisement of the company's product or the like from among them and place the advertisement.

[Other example]
In the information providing system according to the third embodiment of the information providing system of the present invention, as a function of approving the advertisement information by the advertisement medium owner, the sub-user uses the URL () of the advertisement medium suitable for his/her service or web page. If a pull request is issued to the advertising media owner for permission to publish advertising information, the advertising media owner will see the pull request and permit or reject it. Can also Then, the URL of the permitted advertising information is listed in the URL list of the advertising medium, the contract is established, and the incentive or the like according to the number of clicks, the conversion, etc. can be configured to be paid. It can also be configured to pay a certain percentage of the incentive to the administrator. In addition, the advertising medium owner declares “Prepare this kind of tag at this place” and requests the administrator system 2100, which is the service providing side, to make the administrator system 2100, which is the service providing side, the ID and the URL. Issue and to prepare a web page that displays the status of the advertising medium (number of accesses, location, etc.) and display it to the advertiser. The advertiser selects a medium suitable for his/her service from among them and links the tag and the URL. Then, the advertising medium owner and the administrator of the administrator system 2100 on the service providing side receive incentives from the advertiser. The information providing system according to the third embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a business model as an advertising medium, but can also be simply used as a place of information disclosure for a corresponding item (device or place). ..

Further, in the present invention, a large-scale business operator registers the same product ID for the same product of its own company, and attaches the ID medium to which the product ID is attached to the product delivered to the store in each region handling the product. You can also For example, when a major liquor manufacturer registers an item ID in a specific liquor product of the company, attaches an ID medium storing the item ID to the liquor product, and puts the liquor product in a store in each place, By reading the ID medium of the liquor product by the customer of the store in each place, the major liquor manufacturer can obtain information about the liquor product in each place. For example, it is possible to obtain where, at what time, and how many people browsed the information of the product in the whole country. In this case, in the third embodiment, the large-scale enterprise is the advertiser. Also, stores in various places can be made to receive royalties and commissions from major businesses by attaching an ID medium to their stores (according to superiority of location).

Embodiment 9
Hereinafter, as a specific example of the main information utilization type information providing system, an information providing system according to the ninth embodiment will be described as an embodiment in which the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment is further improved and developed. The information providing system of the ninth embodiment is a further expansion and development of the technical idea of the information providing system of the eighth embodiment. Here, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment may be an embodiment in which the functions of the information providing system according to each of the above-described embodiments are implemented alone or in an appropriate combination. In addition, it is apparent from the above description that this point is the same in the information providing system according to the eighth embodiment. First, an outline of the features of the information providing system of the invention according to the ninth embodiment will be described through comparison with the conventional technology.

[Comparison Between Present Invention and Prior Art]
A conventional social network service system (hereinafter referred to as “SNS system”) uses a hearing information between people (for example, rumors about a product) about a product that is not actually touched or seen. It is a system that can be used to attract customers. That is, the SNS system is a system in which the quality of a product or the like can be known for the first time by actually ordering the product.

On the other hand, in the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment, what is actually held, touched, seen, or seen (that is, what is actually experienced) connects repeaters (links). ) System. For example, even with an e-mail with a photo that uses the camera function of a conventional smartphone or mobile phone, it is possible to record a product that you actually experience (for example, a product you like at a travel destination) by shooting it. In this case, however, the experiencer often forgets the recording destination of the product or forgets the recording of the product itself with the passage of time (such as after returning home from a travel destination). In this case, it becomes impossible to access the information on the merchandise or the like that has been recorded.

On the other hand, according to the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment, an existing popularized technology including a two-dimensional bar code such as a QR code (“QR code” is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Co., Ltd.) and NFC is used. Content that is related to the object (for example, souvenir of the souvenir, object or person (souvenir, tourist attraction, event, etc.) (For example, product information), the content of the recorded object can be surely accessed at a later date.

In addition, conventionally, a two-dimensional barcode is used to easily access a web page having specific content when, for example, acquiring product information of a specific product or using a coupon code. However, in this case, it is a system that reads the two-dimensional bar code on the spot and accesses the content, and cannot be used for acquiring the product information at a later date. .. For example, a system in which a unique two-dimensional bar code is attached to a packaging container for a specific product in a store and the two-dimensional bar code is read to access a website having the product information as content. However, in this case, in order to access the website of the content, it is necessary to read the two-dimensional bar code of the product at the store. That is, even if you previously remember a specific product (a souvenir of a travel destination) that you have seen at a specific store and want to purchase that product at a later date, the product information of that product, let alone It is usually difficult to remember even the product name.

On the other hand, according to the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment, even in the above case, the product can be obtained by a mobile terminal device having a communication function such as a smartphone at an arbitrary timing after leaving the store. It is possible to easily call the product information of, and to consider whether or not to purchase the product at a later date. For example, according to the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment, when a person likes a specific product at a specific store, the person wants to purchase the product at a later date (or timing at a later date). If you think that you want to give a gift to another person at Nakamoto or year-end gift, etc., at that store, you just need to temporarily record the mark (bookmark or memory) about the product, and later use your own smartphone etc. , The information of the bookmarked product can be easily and surely acquired. In particular, in recent years, smartphones have become widespread as information acquisition means instead of personal computers (PCs). According to the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment, it is possible to use smartphones for specific products and the like. You can record information about and retrieve that information at a later date.

As mentioned above, the two-dimensional bar code and NFC are one of the highly convenient information technology means, but they are used only for acquiring information at that place (where the two-dimensional bar code and NFC are located). Can not do it.

The information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment is an information providing system in which the usage scene of the conventional two-dimensional bar code or NFC is extended. For example, C2C (Consumer To Consumer: general consumer and general consumer It can be used for cross-border EC (Electric Commerce). That is, the conventional SNS system was difficult to apply to these uses, but the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment can be applied to, for example, a person who visits a local tourist information center or a souvenir shop. On the other hand, it is possible to request that the tourist information or souvenir information be recalled at a later date, and recall the recorded information later at a convenient time for the person. That is, the information providing system according to the invention of the ninth embodiment replaces the “like” of the conventional SNS system with a repeater, and when the information of the product etc. is actually touched, the information is provided at a later date. It is a system to fill the time lag between when you want to call.

[overall structure]
Hereinafter, the information providing system of the ninth embodiment will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 66, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment (corresponding to the information providing system according to the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1), the administrator system 4100 (corresponding to the administrator system 100), And a user terminal device 4200 (corresponding to the primary user system 200, the secondary user system 300, or the information browsing terminal 500). The user terminal device 4200 is a user computer device (hereinafter, “user PC”) 4200A, a user PC 4200B, or a user portable terminal device (typically, a user's smartphone, hereinafter, “user SP”). ) 4200C.

Here, the user terminal device 4200 is a computer device or a computer system owned and managed by a user (user) of the information providing system of the ninth embodiment, and the user is the same as in the first embodiment. However, in addition to this, it may become a person related to a store or a product related to a certain store or a certain product (corresponding to the sub-user of the first embodiment). It may also be a general consumer of the form 1 (a person who actually touches an actual product in an actual store, an person who actually touches an article of an information printed matter at an information installation place, etc.).

In detail, the user terminal device 4200 has various functions by the information unit 4210 (various functions provided by the information providing system yesterday by the providing unit 4115, such as a my memory processing function and a memory service processing function described later). ) Is realized. In the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment, regarding these various functions on the side of the user terminal device 4200, the function providing means 4115 provided on the server side by the administrator system 4100 (for example, the function providing realized by the server side program is provided. By means of means 4115), the user terminal device 4200 as a client device can be configured as, for example, an information means 4210A for acquiring a function via “WEB” in the user terminal device 4200A of FIG. 66. The user terminal device 4200 can also be configured as the information unit 4210B that realizes its function by "app (application)" in the user terminal device 4200B of FIG. 66, for example. The information means 4210, 4210A, 4210B of the user terminal devices 4200, 4200a, 4200b respectively correspond to the processing functions of the administrator system (to be described in memory management functions such as my memory processing and memory service processing). A memory management unit 4211 (which realizes a corresponding function), a page management unit 4212 (which realizes a function corresponding to a page management function such as page creation processing), and a function (which corresponds to an article management function such as article creation processing) are realized. ) Article management means 4213, event management means 4214 (which realizes functions corresponding to event management functions such as event creation processing), work management means 4215 (which realizes functions corresponding to work management functions and product management functions), and products Management means 4216, collaboration management means 4217 (which realizes functions corresponding to collaboration management functions such as collaboration application processing), and shelf management means 4218 (which realizes functions corresponding to shelf management functions such as item shelf processing), Furthermore, the management means 4219 which implement|achieves other management functions is provided. Further, in FIG. 66, the user terminal device 4200 is illustrated as managing the data by the database DB, but normally, the processing related to the data storage is realized by the file system of the normal PC without using the DB. can do.

[System configuration related to information exchange]
The system configuration relating to the information exchange of the information providing system of the ninth embodiment may be the same hardware configuration and software configuration as the information providing system of the first embodiment (excluding the characteristic part of the invention).

[System configuration related to information browsing]
The system configuration related to information browsing of the information providing system of the ninth embodiment may be the same hardware configuration and software configuration as the information providing system of the first embodiment (excluding the characteristic part of the invention).

[Network configuration of this information provision system]
The network configuration of the information providing system of the ninth embodiment may be the same as that of the information providing system of the first embodiment (excluding the characteristic part of the invention).

[Physical media provider]
The physical medium providing field of the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment may have the same configuration as that of the information providing system according to the first embodiment (excluding the characteristic part of the invention). In addition to products (things) and stores (places), it also includes people (in addition to users, creators, etc.) and things (events, etc.), so business cards (such as creators) can also serve as physical media providing sites. ..

[Memory as local ID]
In the ninth embodiment, a node ID is used as an identifier corresponding to the local ID, but an ID storage medium for storing this node ID is the same as in the first embodiment, such as a two-dimensional barcode or an NFC tag. Etc. can be used. Further, in the ninth embodiment, this node ID is stored in an ID storage medium (hereinafter, may be referred to as “bookmark” or “memory”) including a two-dimensional barcode or the like.

[Acquisition of object information such as product information by node ID]
In the ninth embodiment, various information (various object information) related to objects such as product information, geographic information, article information, and the like can be obtained by the same processing as the acquisition of various information based on the article ID in the first embodiment. .. Further, in the ninth embodiment, the same processing (function realization) as the information-related user use providing means, the bookmark means, etc. of the first embodiment can be performed via the memory.

[Outline of configuration of this information providing system, system target person, and operation]
As shown in FIG. 66, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment includes an administrator system 4100, a user system 4200, a physical medium providing place 4400 (corresponding to the physical medium providing place 400), and a Web server 600. Equipped with. In the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment, the user (user) of the user terminal device 4200 includes an individual, a creator, an event promoter, as well as a user such as a trader as the main user of the first embodiment. There are store managers, advertisement media providers, etc., and in particular, the feature is that even individuals such as general consumers can use it for themselves. Further, in the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment, my memory (which may be abbreviated as “MM” in the present application document) which is an ID storage medium corresponding to the bookmark according to the first embodiment or the like is used. It is characterized by executing various processes described later.

[Outline of information management means of administrator SYS]
As shown in FIG. 66, the administrator system 4100 includes an information management unit 4110. The information management unit 4110 realizes a function of managing various information such as information provided to the user terminal device 4200. The administrator system 4100 also includes a management information database (hereinafter, referred to as “management information DB”) 4120. The management information DB 4120 realizes a function of storing various kinds of information such as main information provided to the user terminal device 4200 in cooperation with the information management unit 4110. A user interface (GUI) for managing the various information is displayed on the management screen 130 of the manager system 4100, and a person in charge can manage the management information via the management screen 130.

[Details of Information Management Means of Administrator SYS]
As shown in FIG. 66, the information management unit 4110 of the administrator system 4100 includes a node management unit 4111, an edge management unit 4112, a service management unit 4113, a data management unit 4114, and a function providing unit 115, and is not shown. Is provided with a configuration (function realizing means) for realizing various processing functions in cooperation with the management information DB 4120.

[Node management means]
The node management unit 4111 refers to data such as a node table (and a user table described later in the case of processing for a registered user) described later to determine the memory read operation (and the ID information corresponding to the read memory). Based on the above, a function of generating a new node (that is, a new node table) or updating the node table is realized, and a function of setting a node type for each node ID of the node table is realized. It is a function realizing means for realizing the functions of various related processes.

[Edge management means]
The edge management unit 4112 refers to data such as an edge table and an edge table described later, and identifies a certain node (first node) based on the memory read operation (and the ID information corresponding to the read memory). A new edge for forming a link with another one node (second node) is generated to generate a data structure of a subject/predicate/object relationship or an edge table as described later. Is a function realizing means for realizing various functions related to the edge, such as a function of updating the edge table and a function of setting an edge type for each edge of the edge table.

[Data management means]
The data management unit 4113 is a function implementation unit that implements processing such as addition/creation/editing/deletion of various data by referring to data such as a node table and an edge table. Specifically, the data management unit 4113 is each function realizing unit that realizes each of the following processes.
(P1) A process related to a memory recorded for each user (hereinafter, may be referred to as “my memory”) (hereinafter, may be referred to as “my memory process”).
(P2) A process related to a memory service that can be created for each user (hereinafter, may be referred to as “memory service process”),

The data management unit 4113 is each function realizing unit that realizes the following processes as various processes subordinate to the my memory process of (P10).
(P11) My memory selection list display for each category (P12) My memory favorite registration processing (P13) My memory selection list display processing only favorite memory selection display processing (P14) My memory selection list display Information display process of specific my memory when specific my memory is selected in the process (P141) When specific my memory is selected and information of specific my memory is displayed in the selection list display process of my memory, Mail transmission process to the node of the my memory (node of other person) (P142) When the information of the specific my memory is displayed by selecting the specific my memory in the selection list display process of the my memory, Selection process of whether to receive a notification (letter) from a node (node of another person)

The data management unit 4113 is a function realizing unit that realizes the following processes as various processes subordinate to the memory service process of (P20).
(P21) New memory creation processing in memory service processing (P22) Memory management processing after new memory creation in memory service processing

The data management unit 4113 is each function realizing unit that realizes the following processes as various processes subordinate to the new memory creation process of (P21).
(P211) Selective memory creation processing that enables execution of memory creation processing for each memory category in new memory creation processing of memory service processing (P2111) Selection by memory category in new memory creation processing of memory service processing Profile page creation process specific to that memory (node) when the dynamic memory creation process is executed (P2112) When the selective memory creation process for each memory category is executed in the new memory creation process of the memory service process , Creating memory for printing that memory (node)

The data management unit 4113 is a function implementation unit that implements a selective memory management process that enables the memory management process to be executed for each memory category, as various processes subordinate to the memory management process of (P22). Further, the data management unit 4113 is each function implementation unit that implements the following processes as various processes subordinate to the memory management process of (P22).
(P221) In the memory management process, when the memory management process is performed for each memory category, the article management process unique to the memory (node) is performed. (P222) In the memory management process, the memory management process is selectively performed for each memory category. Event management processing specific to the memory (node) when memory management processing is executed (P223) In memory management processing, when the selective memory management processing for each memory category is executed Unique page management process (P224) In the memory management process, when the selective memory management process for each memory category is executed, the unique work management process for that memory (node) (P225) In the memory management process, Product management processing unique to that memory (node) when selective memory management processing for each category is executed

The article management process, the event management process, and the page management process of (P221)-(P223) are processes realized in the memory management process of the memory of each of the plurality of categories.

On the other hand, the work management process of (P224) described above is a process realized in the memory management process when the category “thing” is selected, and the product management process of (P225) is the process performed when the category “thing” is selected. This is a process realized in the memory management process.

Further, the data management unit 4113 is each function implementation unit that implements the following processes as various processes subordinate to the article management process of (P221).
(P2211) Letter management process for displaying the number of letters that can be sent to the letter on the article management screen (P2212) Letter purchase process that enables letter purchase if the number of letters that can be sent to the letter is insufficient on the article management screen (P2213) ) Article creation process for creating a new article on the article management screen (P22131) When the article creation process is performed on the article management screen, a saving/publishing process for temporarily saving or publishing the new article (P2214) Article list display processing for displaying a list of existing articles on the article management screen (P22141) When any of the existing articles displayed on the article management screen is selected, the properties of the selected article (article name, publication target, Article attribute display processing that displays an article attribute screen that indicates the number of letters that can be sent, the number of sent letters, and the like (P221411) Article content display that displays the content (actual display content) of the article on the article attribute display screen Article content display processing for displaying the screen (P221412) Memory registration processing for registering the memory of the node of the article on the article attribute display screen (P221413) On the article attribute display screen, the article is displayed as a node of another person Article notification processing for notification (letter transmission processing)
(P2214131) Article notification processing (letter transmission processing) for notifying another person's node of the article on the article attribute display screen
(P22141311) On the article notification confirmation screen displayed in the article notification process, notification of selection of notification target, notification condition (notification of only person who has not notified the cloth, etc.), expected number of transmissions display, letter display Notification confirmation process for confirmation

The data management unit 4113 is each function realizing unit that realizes the following processes as various processes subordinate to the event management process of (P222).
(P2221) Ticket number confirmation processing for displaying the number of tickets (for event) on the event management screen (P2222) Ticket that enables ticket purchase when the number of tickets (for event) is insufficient on the event management screen Purchase process (P2223) Article creation process for creating new article on event management screen (P22231) When article creation process is performed on article management screen, new article is temporarily saved or saved/published for publication Processing (P2224) Article list display processing for displaying a list of existing articles on the event management screen (P22241) When any one of the existing articles displayed on the article management screen is selected, the content of the selected article is displayed Article content display processing for displaying the article content display screen (P22242) On the article content display screen, print memory creation processing for creating print memory for the node of the article (P2225) Request processing to request a collaboration request from a node (P22251) On the event collaboration request screen displayed in the collaboration request processing, display the URL for the collaboration request, select the person requesting the collaboration, search the person requesting the collaboration, etc. Collaboration request confirmation process for

Further, the data management unit 4113 is each function implementation unit that implements the following processes as various processes subordinate to the page management process of (P223).
(P2231) Page edit processing for editing the created page on the page management processing screen (P2232) Printing for creating the print memory of the node corresponding to the created page on the page management processing screen Memory creation process

Further, the data management unit 4113 is each function realizing unit that realizes the following processes as various processes subordinate to the work management process of (P224).
(P2241) Work addition processing for newly adding a work on the work management processing screen (P2242) Remaining display shelf number display processing for displaying the remaining display shelf number on the work management processing screen (P22421) Remaining display shelf number display Display shelf purchase processing that enables purchase of additional display shelves in processing (P2243) Work list display processing that displays a list of created works on the work management processing screen (P22431) List display in work list display processing Display shelf processing that enables you to put the work in and out of the display shelf by selecting any of the works (P22432) By selecting any of the works displayed in the work list display process, Work information display processing that displays information

Further, the data management unit 4113 is each function realizing unit that realizes the following processes as various processes subordinate to the product management process of (P225).
(P2251) Product addition processing for newly adding a product on the product management processing screen (P2252) Remaining product shelf number display processing for displaying the number of remaining product shelves on the product management processing screen (P22521) Remaining product shelf number display In the process, a product shelf purchase process that enables the purchase of an additional product shelf (P2253) A product list display process that displays a list of added products on the product management process screen (P22531) A product list display process By selecting one of the products, the product shelf process that enables the product to be put in and taken out of the product shelf and to be put in and taken out of another product shelf (P22531) Any of the products displayed in the product list display process By selecting or, the expiration date extension process that extends the expiration date of the product shelf of the product (P22532) By selecting any of the products displayed in the product list display process, the information of the product is displayed. Product information display processing (P225321) Product information edit processing for editing the product information page in the product information display processing (P225322) Product memory display processing for creating a print memory of the node in the product information display processing (P225323) ) Product article creation process of creating an article of the product in the product information display process (P225324) Saving/publishing process of selecting whether to temporarily save or publish the information page of the product in the product information display process

The above respective processes correspond to the functional blocks shown in FIGS. 67 to 69.

[Information management database of administrator SYS]
Like the first embodiment, the management information DB 4120 can be configured by a relational database (RDB). In this case, as an example, the management information DB 4120 is configured to have a data structure (data schema) as shown in FIGS. 70 and 71. can do. Note that, in the following description, an example in which the management information DB 4120 is configured by RDB will be described, but when configured by a DB other than RDB, the same description can be obtained by replacing “table” with “file”. In detail, in the case of the examples shown in FIGS. 70 and 71, the management information DB 4120 stores, as a master table, a node type (node_type) that is data defining a node type in association with a node type name (node_type_name). A node type table (node_types), an edge type table (edge_types), a shelf type table (shelf_types), an order ID (order_id) and a node ID (node_id) that are used in a table group for accounting processing (not shown). ) And a user ID (user_id) in association with each other, a sequence table (sequences), and the like are provided.

Further, the management information DB 4120, as a transaction table, a node table (nodes), a node state table (node_status), an edge table (edges), a user table (user), a read list table (read_list), an article table (articles), a letter. A table (letters), an article attachment node table (article_attached_nodes: "art_attached_nodes" in FIG. 70), an article attachment image table (article_attached_images: "art_attached_images" in FIG. 70), a carts_items table, an item shelf table (items), an item shelf table (items) table. A shelf line table (cart_shelf_lines) is provided. Although not shown, the management information DB 4120 is provided with a table that stores data for pay services in association with a charging-related table. In addition, the management information DB 4120 can also be provided with a table (browsing history table or the like) similar to the management information DB 120 of the first embodiment.

[Node table]
The node table (nodes) is a table for storing and managing a node ID and its related information for each memory, and corresponds to the node table of the second embodiment. In the node table, as a field name (column name or column name), a node ID (node_id), a node key (node_key), an owner node ID (owner_node_id), a root node ID (root_node_id), a node name (name), a node image (node_image). ), user ID (user_id), service ID (service_id), node type (node_type), node category (node_category), external URI (foreign_uri), node URI (node_uri), prefecture ID (prefecture_id), geohash (geo_ha), ha_hao. Node description (node_desc), node start date (node_date_from), node end date (node_date_to), memory number (memory_num), favorite number (favorite_num), guest key (guest_key), theme (theme), default memory (default) state. (Status), owner node (owner_node), service node (service_node), service key (service_key), public (publish), charging node (charge_node), price (price), creation date (created_at), update date (updated_at), And the number of rejects (reject_num), and the respective values are associated with each other and stored in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). Further, the node table may further store other data such as the other data stored in the article ID table according to the first embodiment or the like as necessary.

As described above, the node ID in the node table is a unique identifier (ID) given to each specific object as the local ID. The node ID can have any configuration, like the article ID of the first embodiment. In this information providing system, a guest user (who has not yet accessed this information providing system) enables the guest access issued by the administrator system 4100 by the camera function and the ID reading function of his own smartphone. Log in to the information providing system as a guest user by reading the guest memory (for example, the two-dimensional barcode displayed on the introduction leaflet or the introduction web page of the information providing system) including the two-dimensional barcode of be able to. Here, the memory for this guest is the web page accessed by the guest user at this time (the web page displayed on the guest user's smartphone) is the web page at the time of login prepared by the information providing system (so-called landing page). ), and this landing page is also processed as a node in this information providing system, and has a node ID unique to the landing page. At this time, since the guest user does not have his own node (that is, does not have a node table), the node unique to the guest user is managed by the information providing system (node management in FIG. 1). (Using means 4111 etc.) and assign a unique node ID to that node. This node ID is an ID consisting of serial numbers (it is easy for others to guess). Therefore, the node key is a key uniquely assigned to this node ID (a key obtained by making the node ID complicated by hashing or the like) in consideration of the case where information is provided to the outside.

Next, when the guest user completes the registration process as a registered user by the user registration process of this information providing system, a user table that stores the user information of the user is created in association with the guest user node table. It Although the details of the user table will be described later, since the user table stores the node ID of the user stored in the node table, this information providing system allows the user to access the information providing system from the next time onward. When the user logs in, the node table data of the user is acquired via the node ID of the user table, and the login process of the user is executed. That is, at this time, the information providing system compares the user ID (or email address) and password entered by the registered user with the user ID (or email address) and password in the user table (through the user table). ) Reference the node table indirectly.

On the other hand, when the guest user does not execute the user registration process of the information providing system, the user table is not created for the guest user. Even in this case, the guest user has his own node at this point (that is, although the node table unique to the guest user is created), but the guest user will access the information providing system from the next time onward. When logging in by logging in, there is no user table, so the information providing system cannot use the node ID to execute the same login processing as that of the registered user. Therefore, for this time, the information providing system uses the existing cookie when the guest user first accesses (using the node management unit 4111 or the like) (that is, for the request at the first access). The (cookie) technology is used to store the guest key (unique to the guest user) in the response cookie, and the guest key is stored in the guest user's node table. As a result, when the guest user accesses and logs in to the information providing system from the next time onward, the information providing system uses the guest key of the node table to execute the same login process as the registered user. .. That is, at this time, the guest user's request (at the time of access) will be sent to the cookie as long as the guest user permits the cookie and if the cookie has not disappeared due to the expiration of the retention period or the like. The guest key unique to the user is stored, and this information providing system compares the guest key with the guest key in the guest user's node table to store the guest key (that is, the guest user). The node table (of the node) and the login process similar to that of the registered user is executed via the node ID.

As described above, modes of login processing to the information providing system include login processing as a guest user and login processing as a registered user. In the case of a guest user, the guest user's node is accessed via the guest key. The table is directly accessed, and in the case of a registered user, the node table of the registered user is indirectly accessed via the node ID of the user table. That is, this information providing system is a guest user (without a user table) or an owner (owner user) as a registered user (with a user table) depending on whether or not a user table exists for the accessing user. Identify what is.

Regarding the owner node ID, the value of the node ID (created at the time of the first access) becomes the node ID of the user who owns the node when the user accesses the information providing system and logs in next time. Stored in the owner node ID (in other words, the node ID becomes the owner node ID). In this way, the owner (guest user or registered user) having the owner node recognizes his/her own altercation (owner node), which is a physical existence (physical existence) in the physical world (realized by this information providing system). It can be created in the virtual world on the net, and only one special node, the owner node, can be owned. At this time, the value of the owner node (flag) in the node table is changed from "0" (indicating that it has not become the owner node yet) to "1" (indicating that it has become the owner node). Note that guest users can own only one node, like registered users.

After that, the user who owns the owner node records the memory of another node somewhere (eg, the node corresponding to the memory attached to a particular item in a particular store), and that user's owner A node (hereinafter, may be referred to as “main node”) is a subject, another node (hereinafter, may be referred to as “slave node”) is an object, and the main node and the slave nodes are ( Links (association) are made by edges defined in an edge table described later. At this time, the edge becomes a predicate that connects the subject with each purpose. That is, the present information providing system uses a node table and an edge table to link one node and another node with one edge, thereby expressing with a subject, a predicate, and an object. You can define any possible event or object. That is, in the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment, the node table is a self-reference type table, the nodes are linked by edges using only the node table and the edge table, and The relationship can be expressed by the relationship between the subject, the predicate, and the object.

The root node ID is an ID that indicates the highest level (root level) when there is a memory having a hierarchical structure. For example, there is a net shop memory (for example, if the user is a net shop). If you own the memory) and if you have the memory of the item for sale at the net shop (for example, if the user owns the memory of the net shop), the node ID of the net shop is It becomes the root node ID (in the sense that it becomes the root node of the product node). For example, when a customer of a certain net shop sends a “letter” (which is a notification of an “article” described later) to a net shop owned by a certain user, to a node of a product sold by that net shop. , The letter is not the node of the product, but the root node ID of the node of the net shop to which the product belongs (that is, based on the node ID of the product, refer to the root node ID of the node table) , Is configured to send the letter directly to the online shop node. At this time, the owner node exists higher than the net shop in the hierarchical structure, but in this case, the letter is based on the owner node ID of the node table (not the node of the net shop). Sent directly to the node.

The node name is an arbitrary character string assigned to the node. The node image is an image (image) assigned to the node (displayed as a thumbnail or the like on the display screen for the node). The user ID is a unique ID of the registered user stored in the user table.

The service ID is an ID uniquely assigned to various services provided by the information providing system. That is, this information providing system is a service providing system that provides various services as a whole/integrated manner.

The node type is an ID for specifying the node type, and the node category is an ID for specifying the node category. For example, node categories are categories (classifications) such as yourself (owner, etc.), “person” (creator, etc.), “thing” (event, etc.), “thing” (product, etc.), “place” (net shop, etc.) The node type is to further specify the node type by subdividing the node type rather than the node category. For example, an item (for example, node A1) of an online shop (for example, node A1) and a work (for example, node B1) of a creator (for example, node B) are in the same category as the “thing” of the node category. However, the node type is, for example, "(shop's) product", "(creator's) work", etc., and what exactly the "thing" is (for example, creator's work? Is there), and is a subdivision of the category.

The external URI stores "0" or "1" as a flag, and is set to "1" when the information page of the node is specified by the external URI (not the internal URI of the information providing system). The external URI is set to "0" when the information page of the node is an internal URI of this information providing system. When the external URI is “1” (only when it is “1”), the node URI is used, and at this time, the external URI is stored in the node URI.

The prefecture ID (prefecture_id) is an ID that specifies a prefecture such as a place where the memory exists. Geohash specifies geographical information (latitude, longitude). The node description expresses detailed contents of the node (typically in JSON), and stores information such as a person's name, a shop name or address of a shop, a representative, and the like.

The node start date (not shown in FIGS. 70 and 71) identifies the start date when the start date is set for the node. The node end date specifies the end date when the end date is set for the node. For example, when a deadline is set for the node (for example, a specific product is displayed on a shelf defined in a shelf-related table described later, while the display period is limited (for example, 60 days). When the shelf is started to be used by the product (the display start time using the product display function), the display period (for example, 60 days) is counted down. There is also a node having only the end date, and in this case, the value is stored only in the node end date, but this point depends on the contents of the shelf (in the shelf related table).

The memory number is the number (number) of people who have recorded the node (by the memory), and the favorite number is the number (number) of people who have additionally registered the node as a favorite (by the favorite function). The theme is that the theme of the information page of the node can be freely changed by CSS or the like. The default memory is the name of a memory (two-dimensional barcode, etc.) generated by default. That is, in this information providing system, when a node is created for the first time, a unique memory (two-dimensional bar code etc.) is always created by default, but the default memory is the memory of the two-dimensional bar code etc. at this time. It is a name, uploaded on the network via the cloud, etc., and is stored as an image tag.

The status is a value indicating the status of the node, and stores values such as “0”, “1”, “2”, and is set to “0” when the node is unavailable, for example. , It is set to "1" for a guest user and "-1" for deleting the node.

As described above, the owner node is “0” when the node is not yet the owner node, and is set to “1” when the node becomes the owner node. The service node is a flag that specifies whether or not the node belongs to the service. When the node is a service such as an online shop or a place, the service node is set to "1", and the product etc. If it is not a service, it is set to "0". The service key is a key that is separate from the node key and is a key that is disclosed to the outside by a two-dimensional barcode or the like, and is composed of values in 40 random columns, for example. The service key is a memory key for identifying the menu provided by the information providing system. That is, in this information providing system, the owner can own various services in association with the owner node, and the services can be disclosed to the outside together with the memory, but the key of the menu is known to the outside. A service key is provided as an internal key to prevent this.

"Public" is a flag that specifies whether the node is made public or private, and is set to "1" in the case of public and "0" in the case of private. The billing node is used when billing occurs, and the price stores the price when the billing occurs.

The creation date stores the creation date (creation date/time) of the node, and the update date stores the update date (update date/time) of the node. The number of refusals is the number of persons (nodes) who did not receive the letter from the node, and is the total number of persons (nodes) who refused the letter from the node. By referring to the refusal number, it is possible to determine which person (which node) is refusing (based on the node ID of the node that is the destination of the rejected letter). The state (status) will be described in relation to the edge table. When the state (status) of a node of a specific destination is “0”, it is not possible to send a letter from that node to the specific node. You can't.

[Node type table]
The node type table is a table that defines the node type of the node table, and has a node type (node_type) and a node type name (node_type_name) as field names (column names or column names), and each value is Store in the corresponding field of the record (each tuple). The node type is “person” or the like as described above, and the node type name is a name given to the node type.

[Node status table]
The node state table is a table that defines the states of the nodes in the node table, and has a state ID (status_id) and a state name (status_name) as field names (column names or column names), and each value is a record. Store in the corresponding field of (each tuple). The state ID is an ID that uniquely represents the state of the node, and the state name is a name given to each node ID.

[User table]
The user table is a table that stores user registration information, and has a field name (column name or column name) similar to a general user table, that is, a user ID (user_id), an email (email), and a password (password). And store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple). Further, the user table has, as its own data, an event ticket (event_ticket), a node ID (node_id), and a storage token (remember_token), and stores the respective values in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple). The event ticket is data relating to the ticket for event purchase, the node ID is the node ID of the node table, and the storage token is data for login of the guest user.

[Edge table]
The edge table is a table corresponding to the link table of the second embodiment, but like the link table, a link is made between one node (first node 0) and another node (second node). In addition to the link information for forming the, the table further stores descriptive information for expressing the relationship between the subject, the predicate, and the object described above by the first node, the second node, and the edge by the link. In the edge table, as field names (column names or column names), node ID1 (node_id1), node ID2 (node_id2), root node ID (root_node_id), weight (edge), edge type (edge_type), start date (date_from). , End date (date_to), geohash (geo_hash), state (status), creation date (created_at), and update date (updated_at), and store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple) To do.

The node ID1 is the node ID of one node (the first node) when forming a link by an edge (for example, between the first node and the second node as described above), and the node ID2 is , And the node ID of the other node (second node). The root node ID is as described in the node table. The weight corresponds to the link strength in the second embodiment and indicates the link strength between the nodes. In the ninth embodiment, for example, when the user of a certain owner node records the memory of another node (for example, the memory of a product), the weight is set between the owner node and the product node at the time of recording. The weight of the edge to be linked is “1”, but if the owner thereafter registers the memory of the product as a favorite, the weight of the edge between the owner node and the product node is incremented to “2”. It Alternatively, for example, when the user of a certain owner node records the memory of the creator node which is another node, the weight of the edge linking the owner node and the creator node is “1” at the time of recording. However, if there is a collaboration request from the creator node to the owner node (described later) and the owner accepts the collaboration request, the weight of the edge linking the owner node and the creator node is "2". Incremented.

The edge type identifies and expresses the attribute of the edge that functions as a predicate as described above, and, for example, records (becomes attributes when recording various memories), (memory), (net shop node, etc.). Have (have attributes) when owning (have), (have attributes when holding an event, etc.) hold (hold), (have attributes when playing a specific role at an event, etc.) (Role), participation (participate) (which becomes an attribute when becoming a participant in an event or the like), and the like. Any edge type can be used as long as the edge functions as a predicate, and various attributes can be stored as the edge type.

The start date stores the date (date and time) at which the edge was generated, and the end date stores the date (date and time) at which the link by the edge ends, but is provided for each edge. It should be noted that the relationship (edge type) between nodes by an edge is not limited to recording (memory), but when the edge has an expiration date, that is, the edge is valid only during a period from a certain time point to the next certain time point. In that case, the date and time are stored in the start date and the end date. For example, when one node (first node) records another node (second node), and when there is a contractual relationship between the first node and the second node (that is, the first node). Between the first node and the second node, the first edge (edge type is “record”) indicating that the first node has recorded the second node as an edge linking the first node and the second node If there is a second edge (when there is an edge type "contract") that indicates that there is a contract relationship and an expiration date (contract period) is set for that contract, this contract period starts for that second edge. Stored as the date and the end date (or only the end date), and the link itself by the first edge between the first node and the second node does not disappear after the contract period has passed, but the first node and the second node The link by the second edge between and can be configured to be disconnected (that is, define the termination of the contract). That is, the start date and the end date are for providing a valid period on the link side for the predicate (edge) that connects the subject (first node) and the object (second node).

Geohash is similar to node table geohash. The geohash of the node table indicates the position of the node itself, and is “null” when the geohash is not registered. Also, in the case of geohash of the node table, for example, when the memory is sent to the shop, the location information of the shop at the location (destination) that sent the memory is stored, and the location information separate from the transmission source is stored. It
Since the creation date and the update date are the same as the creation date and the update date of the node table, the description is omitted.

[Edge type table]
The edge type table is a table that defines the edge type of the edge table, has an edge ID (edge_id) and a name (name) as a field name (column name or column name), and each value (record name) Each tuple) is stored in the corresponding field. The edge ID is an edge ID of the edge table, and the name (edge name) is a name uniquely given to the edge ID.

[Article table]
In the article table, for example, the owner node user creates an article (corresponding to a blog) for the purpose of advertising to others about his/her own memory created by the owner node (using the memory service described later). In the case of doing, it is a table that stores article information about the article. The article table has a field name (column name or column name) as an article ID (article_id), a root node ID (root_node_id), a node ID (node_id), a service ID (service_id), an article type (article_type), and a status (status). , A title (title), a body (body), a creation date (created_at), and an update date (updated_at), and each value is stored in a corresponding field of each record (each tuple).
The article ID is an ID that uniquely identifies the created article. The root node ID is as described in the first embodiment. The node ID is the node ID of the node that created the article. The service ID is a unique ID given to each service in the above memory service. The article type indicates the type of article. The state is similar to that of the node table or edge table.

[Letter table]
The letter table is, for example, an article (corresponding to a blog) created by a user of the owner node for his/her own memory created by the owner node (using the memory service described later) for the purpose of advertising to others. In this case, when it is desired to notify the other node of the article, it is a table that stores notification information related to the notification. The letter table has an article ID (article_id), a destination node ID (to_node_id), a destination owner node ID (to_owner_node_id), a root node ID (root_node_id), and a node ID (node_id) as field names (column names or column names). , Read status (read_status), creation date (created_at), and update date (updated_at), and store each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple).

The article ID is the article ID of the article table. The destination node ID is the node ID of the node that is the destination of the letter (notification of the article). The destination owner node ID is the node ID of the owner node when the node to which the letter (article notification) is transmitted is the owner node. The root node ID is as described in the node table, and is, for example, the node ID of the node of the net shop when there is the node of the net shop and the node of the product, and the node ID is the node ID of the product in this case. is there. The read status is a flag indicating whether or not the article of the letter has been read by the destination node.
The above-mentioned articles and letters created in a certain node are sent to the person (node) who records the node, for example, set to be sent only to the person (node) who has registered the node as a favorite. However, at this time, the letter sends link information (article ID etc.) to the corresponding article to each of the destination nodes, and the article body (of the article via the article ID) ( Since the text) is not transmitted, the communication load can be greatly reduced.

[Shelf]
The information providing system according to the ninth embodiment enables a creator-related work or a product in a shop to be displayed on a shelf and made public by using a shelf-related table (and is undisclosed after being removed from the shelf display). Can also be configured).

[Item shelf table]
The item shelf table is a table for storing and managing shelf information when displaying items such as creators' works and products of online shops. The item shelf table has a node ID (node_id), a user ID (user_id), a maximum number (max_num), a used number (use_num), a created date (created_at), and an updated date (field name (column name or column name)). updated_at) and stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple).
The node ID is the node ID of the node (owner node) of the user who creates the item shelf. The user ID is the user ID of the user who owns the item shelf. The maximum number is the maximum number of works or products that can be stored in the item shelf. The number of uses is the total number of items put on the item shelf.

[Cart shelf table]
The cart shelf table is a table for storing and managing cart information (corresponding to a shopping cart on the Internet) as a shelf. The cart shelf table has, as field names (column names or column names), a node ID (node_id), a user ID (user_id), a maximum number (max_num), a used number (use_num), a created date (created_at), and an updated date ( updated_at) and stores each value in the corresponding field of each record (each tuple).
The node ID is the node ID of the node (owner node) of the user who creates the cart shelf. The user ID is the user ID of the user who owns the cart shelf. The maximum number is the maximum number of works or products that can be stored in the cart shelf. The number of uses is the total number of items placed on the cart shelf.

[Cart shelf line table]
The cart shelf line table has ID (id), node ID (node_id), order ID (order_id), used node ID (use_node_Id), shelf type (shelf_type), and number of days (days) as field names (column names or column names). ), an expiration date (expire_date), a state (status), a creation date (created_at), and an update date (updated_at), and the respective values are stored in the corresponding fields of each record (each tuple).

For example, as an item to be displayed on a shelf, the creator's work (item) does not have an exhibition deadline, but the shop's product does have an expiration date. It is designed to distinguish between types. For example, for a shelf with a deadline, a shelf type having a deadline such as a deadline of “60 days” and a deadline of “30 days” is prepared. The used node ID is a node ID of a product on a shelf (a product that uses the shelf). The number of days is set, for example, as “60 days” for a shelf with a deadline and as “0 day” for a shelf with no deadline (permanent exhibition). Note that, for example, even in the case of a shelf with a term of "60 days", if the shelf is not used, the number of days remains "60 days", but when the use is started, the number of days is counted down. .. At this time, the expiration date of the shelf is determined in cooperation with the expiration date. The state (status) is a flag indicating the state of the shelf, and "0" or "1" is stored.

[Memory recording process]
Memory recording processing by the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. First, when an information viewer such as a traveler is interested in a specific product 410A at a visited store such as a travel destination and wants to purchase the product 410A at a later date, or an information viewer such as a traveler Is interested in the guide information printed matter 410A (or the information printed matter 410B in which one or more guide information is printed) such as a specific tourist guide or a cooking recipe at a tourist information center such as a travel destination, and the guide information is given later. 72, the information viewer uses the user terminal device 4200 to physically display the ID media 411 and 411a of the product 410A or the guide information printed matter 410A (or the information printed matter 401B) as shown in FIG. The ID (that is, the memory) is read (ID reading process). Then, the memory recording page UI 170 shown in FIG. 72 is displayed on the browsing screen 530 of the user terminal device 4200 (confirmation screen display process). Here, the confirmation screen display process of the memory recording page UI 170 in the user terminal device 4200 is the same as the bookmark process in the eighth embodiment.

Next, in the above confirmation screen display process, when the information viewer executes a selection execution process (click the “Yes” button or the like) for confirming that the memory is recorded on the memory recording page UI 170, the user terminal device 4200 , The data such as the node ID peculiar to the memory of the product 410A, the user ID of the information viewer (in the case of a registered user) or the guest key (in the case of a guest user), the browsing time of the product, etc. It is transmitted to the administrator system 4100 using a predetermined transmission method such as the Post method (browsing data transmission processing). The browsing data transmission process can be the same as the browsing data transmission process of the eighth embodiment.

As a result, the node ID of the node relating to the newly recorded memory is stored in the node table of the user, and the node of the user (first node) and the node of the memory recorded (the first node) are stored in the edge table of the user. Edge information for linking the second node) is stored. As a result, a data structure represented by the above-mentioned subject/predicate/object relationship is generated between the first node and the second node via the edge.

[My memory processing]
My memory processing by the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 73. As shown in FIG. 73, in the processing screen BM120 of the my memory processing, the memory (my memory) recorded by the user in the past is the newest in the order of recording date and time as described in the bookmark in the first embodiment and the like. Listed in order from the first one. Further, in the processing screen BM120, in order to facilitate the search of the memory recorded in the past, it is possible to selectively display the recorded memory. Specifically, on the upper part of the processing screen BM120, a plurality of selection icons for selecting the display memory are displayed in parallel on the left and right. The selection icons are "all" (the icon displaying the letter "A" in the figure), "person" (the icon displaying the letter "H" in the figure), "thing"("T" in the figure). ] Icon (displaying the letter), "thing" (icon displaying the letter "G" in the figure), "location" (icon displaying the letter "P" in the figure), "other" (Figure It consists of an icon that displays the letter "O"). By selecting any of the selection icons, only the memories belonging to the category of the selection icon are displayed as a list on the processing screen BM120. (In case of "all", all memories are displayed.)

Further, a favorite icon for selecting whether or not the memory to be displayed is registered as a favorite is displayed at a position (on the right side) adjacent to the selection icon on the upper part of the processing screen BM120. By selecting the favorite icon, only the memories registered as favorites are displayed as a list on the processing screen BM120. (If you deselect the favorite icon, all memories are displayed.)

Further, at the bottom of the processing screen BM120, icons (my memory processing icon, calendar processing icon, memory service processing icon) for executing my memory processing, calendar processing, and memory service processing are arranged in parallel on the left and right. When the My memory processing icon is selected, each operation of the above My memory processing can be executed. When the calendar processing icon is selected, each operation of calendar processing described later can be executed. When the memory service processing icon is selected, each operation of the above memory service processing can be executed.

At the top of the processing screen BM120, a login icon indicating the login state (an icon displaying the letter "S" in the figure) and a letter icon for confirming the received letter (the letter "L" in the figure) An icon to be displayed) and a menu icon (an icon to display the letter "M" in the figure) are arranged side by side. When the letter icon is selected, each operation of the above-mentioned letter-related processing can be executed. When the menu icon is selected, each operation of the above-mentioned my memory processing and memory service processing can be executed.

[Memory service processing]
Memory service processing by the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 74, in the processing screen BM220 of the memory service processing, the memories created by the user in the past are displayed in a list for each memory category. In the processing screen BM220, the memory service processing described above can be selectively executed for the created memory. Specifically, by selecting one of the created memories displayed on the processing screen BM220, it becomes possible to execute the above-mentioned processing such as article management for the selected memory.

Further, on the processing screen BM220 of the memory service processing, a memory creation icon for creating a new memory is displayed at the upper part. The new memory creation process can be executed by selecting the memory creation icon. More specifically, when the memory creation icon is selected, as shown in FIG. 75, a category selection screen that enables memory creation for each category is displayed. Here, by selecting an icon of one of the categories displayed on the category selection screen, the memory of the node unique to that category can be created.

[Calendar processing]
Calendar processing by the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 76, in the processing screen BM320 of the calendar processing, the memories that the user has created in the past are displayed in a list on a calendar that displays 12 months in a year unit (for convenience of explanation, it has been recorded in the calendar. Not showing memory). More specifically, similar to the bookmark bookmark display process described in the eighth embodiment, the recorded memories are displayed in a list in the corresponding month frame of the calendar based on the recording date and time.

Further, in the yearly calendar of FIG. 76, when the frame of the month in which the recorded memory is displayed is selected, the recorded memory of the selected month is displayed in a list as shown in FIG. 77. This display mode is the same as the display mode of the my memory in the above-mentioned my memory process, and the same selection process and search process can be executed.

[Processing when first reading my memory]
The login process by the first memory in the my memory process (the process at the first access by the guest memory) in the above-mentioned my memory process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 78, in STEP 101, a person who has not yet used the information providing system (that is, a non-registered user who has never accessed as a guest user, that is, a "guest user"). However, when the memory for the first access (memory for the above guest) is read by a smartphone or the like, in STEP102, a node for the guest user (that is, a node table) is created, and the node table (guest key, etc., next time) is created. (Minimum data required for login) is stored. next. In STEP 103, the guest user selects whether or not to perform user registration, and when user registration processing is performed, in STEP 104, a user table for the user is created, and the user table is associated with the node table of the user, In STEP 105, the relevant data (user ID, etc.) of the user table is additionally stored in the node table. Accordingly, the user (registered user) can access the node table via the user table and log in to the information providing system in STEP 106 from the next time, as described above. On the other hand, if the guest user does not register the user in STEP 103, the user table for the user is not created, and the guest user will directly access the node table with the guest key in STEP 107 as described above in the next and subsequent STEPs 107. You can log in to the information service system. In either case, after that, in STEP 200, the post-login process can be performed.

[Post-login processing]
The above post-login processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG. 79. First, as shown in FIG. 79, when the user accesses the information providing system in STEP 201, an initial screen unique to the user is displayed in STEP 202 with reference to the user's node table and the like. next. In STEP 203, the user selects which of the menu processes to perform, and executes the above-mentioned my memory process (STEP 210), the above memory service process (STEP 220), and the setting process such as user name and password change (STEP 250). can do.

[My memory processing]
The above-mentioned my memory process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 80, in STEP 211, when the user's unique My Memory screen is displayed, the user determines in STEP 212 whether or not to display only the favorite registered memories among the user's My memories. Can be selected (as described above). If the user selects to display only the memories registered as favorites, in STEP 213, only the memories registered as favorites are displayed on the My Memory screen. On the other hand, if the user selects to display all the memories, in STEP 214, all the memories are displayed on the My Memory screen. Next, in STEP 215, the user can execute a selective display process for each category of memory, and in STEP 216, “all”, “person”, “thing”, “thing”, “place”, “others”. You can select any of the categories to display only the memories in that category. Further, in STEP 217, the user selects whether or not to perform the calendar processing described above, and when performing the calendar processing, the user can display the my memory of the selected month in STEP 218 as described above.

[Memory service processing (creation)]
Of the memory service processing described above, the processing for creating a new memory (memory creation processing) will be described using the flowchart in FIG. 81. First, as shown in FIG. 81, when a memory service screen unique to the user is displayed in STEP 221, the user selects in STEP 222 whether or not to newly create a memory, and in STEP 223, the memory to be created. The type (category) can be selected. The user can execute the creation processing for each category of the memory in STEP 224A-F. Regarding the created memory, the page creation processing (STEP 225), the page editing processing (STEP 226), and the printing memory described above are performed. The creation process (STEP227) can be executed.

[Memory service processing (management)]
Of the above memory service processing, the management processing (memory management processing) for the created memory will be described using the flowchart in FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 82, when the memory service screen unique to the user is displayed in STEP 221, the user selects in STEP 231 whether or not to perform the memory management process on the created memory, and in STEP 232. , You can select the memory for memory management processing. In STEP233A-F, the user can execute management processing for each category of memory. For each memory, the above-mentioned work addition processing and product management processing (STEP234), the above article management processing (STEP235), the above The event management process (STEP 236) and the page management process (STEP 237) can be executed, and as processes subordinate to these, as described above, work/product addition processing, display processing, edit processing, and memory. First dependent process 234A such as creation process, second dependent process 235A such as article creation, article display process, article edit process, memory registration process, event creation, collaboration application process, event display process, event edit process, and print It is possible to execute a third subordinate process 236A such as a memory creating process and a fourth subordinate process 237A such as a page editing process and a printing memory creating process, and as a process subordinate to the work/product management process, A fifth subordinate process 234B such as a work/product addition process, a display process, an editing process, a shelf process, a term extension process, a print memory creating process, an article creating process, etc. can be executed, and further, a second subordinate process can be performed. As a process subordinate to the process 235A and the fifth subordinate process 234B, an article notification process (letter transmission process) S238 can be executed.

[Data structure of subject/predicate/object by node and edge]
Next, the data structure of the subject/predicate/object according to the above nodes and edges will be exemplarily described using the network diagram of FIG. First, it is assumed that the “own” node 1 is registered in the administrator system 4100 as a node belonging to a specific user. In this case, when the user records the memory of another node 2 (the node of the creator who is the other person), an edge (“memory” meaning “record”) is generated between the node 1 and the node 2. Linked. That is, a data structure of a meaning or context such as "I record other creators" is generated. Also, when the user records the memory of his/her own node 3 (a node when he/she is the creator), the nodes 1 and 3 are linked by an edge (“role” meaning “role”). To be done. That is, a data structure having a meaning or a context such as "I play a role as a creator" is generated. On the other hand, when the user of the other node 2 records the node 4 of the event held by himself/herself in the memory, the node 2 and the node 4 are linked by an edge (“hold” meaning “held”). To be done. That is, a data structure having a meaning or context such as "another creator holds an event" is generated. Further, when the user of the node 1 records the memory of the event for participating in the event of the node 4 as the creator of the node 3, an edge (meaning “participation” means “join”) between the node 3 and the node 4. Participate"). That is, a data structure of a meaning or a context such as "a creator who is oneself participates in an event of another creator" is generated. When the user of the node 1 records the memory of the creator of the node 2 as the creator of the node 3, the node 3 and the node 2 are linked by an edge (“memory”). That is, a data structure having a meaning or context such as "a creator who is himself records other creators" is generated. Further, when the user of the node 1 newly opens a net shop, creates the node 5 for the net shop, and records the memory thereof, the edge (“owned”) between the node 1 and the node 5 is written. Meaning "owner"). That is, a data structure having a meaning or context such as "I own an online shop" is generated. In this way, one node having a specific attribute (node type) and another node having a specific attribute are linked by an edge having a specific attribute (edge type), Accordingly, data structures of subjects/predicates/objects having different meanings and contexts are generated.

[Shelf nodeization]
Here, in the examples of FIGS. 70 and 71, the management information DB 4120 processes information about shelves by using the item shelf table, the cart shelf table, and the cart shelf line table, but the shelves themselves may be used as nodes. it can. That is, when a node key is provided on the shelf, the shelf becomes a node. By doing this, the recommended shelves will be recorded in the memory each time the displayed products change seasonally, and the shelves recorded in the memory will be provided as recommended shelf at a predetermined timing, and the memory will be used. Then, it becomes possible to perform processing relating to various shelves.

[message board]
As a memory of the message board, for example, a memory of the message board is provided in a specific place (a specific convenience store, etc.), and the memory of the message board is read and recorded to guide an event near the place. Can be configured.

That is, a message board memory is provided at a place in a specific area such as a tourist spot or a tourist attraction, and for example, to a person who wants to provide event information in the vicinity as information related to that place, the message board memory node can be self-registered. If you allow posting of the event information of (the passerby of the place, the customer of the convenience store, etc.), by reading and recording the memory of the message board of the place, the event information held in the vicinity of the place can be recorded. Information can be effectively provided by displaying a list of various events, especially when various events are held nearby. In the same manner, it is possible to provide introductory articles and introductory information about “people”, “things”, and “things” in the vicinity of the place through the memory of the message board. In this case, before posting the information on the node of the message board's memory, whether the posting of the desired information is allowed or not is checked by the administrator etc. of the place so that inappropriate information is not posted. It is advisable to make a decision and publish only the information that has been approved. In this case, the posting period (start date and end date) can be provided in the information posted in the memory of the message board. Further, in this case, it is preferable that the information to be posted in the memory of the message board be arranged in order from the latest information.

[Data expression by the relationship of subject/predicate/object]
The information providing system according to the ninth embodiment uses one node (first node) and another object (first node) uniquely specified in the node table and the edge uniquely specified in the edge table. 2 node) can be constructed as a representation of the data structure by subject/predicate/object relationships. On the other hand, the linked open data proposed in recent years has strict specifications and is not sufficient in terms of practicality, but according to the information providing system of the ninth embodiment, it is lighter than the linked open data. The data can be connected (between nodes) in the following relationship. Further, according to the information providing system of the ninth embodiment, it is possible to use any type of edge (edge type) as a predicate, and by greatly increasing the number of types, it is possible to perform various types of inter-node The relationship can be expressed by the relationship of “subject/predicate/object”. The data expression based on the relation of “subject/predicate/object” corresponds to a data expression called “triple” in RDF (Resource Description Framework), but RDF requires a very strict specification. In addition, the operating speed is not sufficient, and it is still insufficient in terms of practicality. On the other hand, according to the information providing system of the ninth embodiment, a system that is simpler and lighter than this triple can express the relation between data (between nodes) and greatly improve the practicality. You can

[Summary of Ninth Embodiment]
Next, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment will be comprehensively described again.

[Link between nodes]
In the ninth embodiment, a specific memory (similar to the bookmark described in the first embodiment etc., but the term memory is used specifically for the information providing system of the ninth embodiment) is registered. Thus, a link (similar to the link described in the second embodiment or the like) is formed between the node 1 and the node 2 (which are already linked to the memory) via the memory. As a result, the memory 1 of the node 1 and the memory 2 of the node 2 are connected in a memory relationship via the new memory (memory 3). Further, as a result, the weights of the node 1 and the node 2 (corresponding to the link strength described in the second embodiment and the like) are changed from the default value (initial value) “1” to “2”, and the weight between the two is increased. Relationship becomes stronger (that is, the link strength increases). That is, for example, when explaining the node 1, since the person is only recording the memory of the node 1 at the beginning, the weight of the node 1 is “1”, but the memory 1 of the node 1 passes through the memory 3. Since it is linked to the memory 2 of the node 2, the weight of the node 1 is increased to “2”.

[Memory type]
Each type of memory has a different node. For example, in the case of event memory, it becomes a node of an event (exhibition, exhibition, concert, seminar, etc.), promoter, organizer, participant, etc. Linked to each other by edges to represent the subject/predicate/object relationships of. At this time, the nodes are connected (linked) by edges, but different edge types as attributes are associated with each edge of the edge table that stores the information of the edges. By changing, the relationship between the nodes will change.

[Collaboration application (participation application)]
The number of persons who recorded a certain memory (memory A) (the number of persons recording) is, for example, 10 and another memory (typically a memory related to the memory A) (memory B) If the number of people who have recorded (recorder) is, for example, 100, the user A of the node A of the memory A applies to the user B of the node B of the memory B for collaboration (application for participation). Therefore, the user A of the node A of the memory A sends an event notification message (on the Internet, to the recorder A (10 persons) of the memory B in addition to the recorder A (10 persons) of the memory A of his own). It is information corresponding to a blog or a message that is transmitted and received in (1) and may be simply referred to as "letter" in this document.

In this case, for example, the user A of the node A of the memory A creates and publishes the memory of the “creator” belonging to the memory of “person” as the memory type as his/her memory A, and the event related to his/her business. For example, when holding an exhibition of one's own work, user A of node A of memory A creates a memory of “net shop” that belongs to a memory of “thing” as a memory type as its own memory A. If you hold an event related to your business (for example, an exhibition and sale event of your own product), publish the event on your profile page (for introducing yourself (own shop) created when creating memory A). If you create an article (corresponding to a general blog) about the event in order to announce it on your profile page, the article will be posted to each of the above recorders. Sent (via the Internet) and notified.

At this time, for example, the memory A can be set to notify only the recording person registered in “favorite” using the “favorite” function. Also, at this time, you can send the article with the memory of the event attached. That is, also for the event itself, a memory (for an event, which is a different type of memory from the above memory A) is created, and the memory for that event (event memory) is written together with the above-mentioned letter, for example, the text of the letter. By displaying the inside, pasting a link to the event memory, and selecting and executing the link, it is configured to execute the same processing as the reading of the event memory (processing similar to memory processing). You can In the same manner as in the case of the above event, the user A gives a person (recorder) who records (bookmarks) the memory A, for example, an introductory article about his or her new product. It can also be sent together with the created memory (product memory).

[article]
An article (letter) sent to each of the recorders (for example, to each of the 110 recorders described above) is simply configured by putting a link to the web page of the letter on the transmission page. , The server and communication environment as compared with the conventional case where a message is sent to each recorder by e-mail (in this case, 110 messages of the same content are sent in total) It is possible to greatly reduce the load. That is, the article (letter) of the present embodiment can be regarded as a blog with a notification function. The article is also characterized in that it can be a blog displaying images and memories.

[Relationship between nodes]
When a memory is bookmarked, a node of the memory is created and stored in the node table of the database in association with the node ID and the like. For example, when a user logs in to a web page for user registration in the administrator system and executes the registration process, a node for that user is created as the owner node).

[Delete User]
A node of a user who has registered as a user is deleted by using the same function as the link deletion described in the first embodiment (FIG. 15) and the like (for example, a deletion flag is provided, and the value of the flag is set to that node). Can be changed from “1” indicating that the node is valid (active) to “0” indicating that the node is invalid).

[Relationship between nodes and edges]
One user's node is recording the memory of another node (typically another's node), and that user's node owns the memory of its own node (event memory, etc.) The relationship can be expressed by the relationship between nodes and edges. Further, by setting the weight between these nodes, the strength of the degree of association between nodes (link strength) can be expressed. That is, remembering a certain memory (you can also record your own memory, but typically you are recording another's memory) and owning a certain memory (owner's own Owning event memory, product memory, etc. subordinate to a node) can be expressed in the same structure by using only the relationship between the node and the edge.

[Node contents (node_desc)]
In the node table, the node content (node_desc) represents the location of the store and the attributes of the store (type, sales product, etc.). In other words, as described above, the data can be written in the document by using the data description language and the data exchange format such as JSON (Java Script Object Notation) and XML (eXtensible Markup Language). (JavaScript is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.)

Since the product memory (product BM) and the store memory (store BM) are different types of memory, the store memory is the root node ID, and the product memory node is the root node (top node or parent node) of the store memory. It becomes a child node (lower node) subordinate to the node).

[Type of memory (node category (node_category))]
Types of memory include people, things, things, places, message boards, and others.

[Application to BM for advertisement]
The information providing system of the ninth embodiment can also be applied to the advertising business model as in the third embodiment.

[Message board (guide board)]
In order to provide the function of the information providing system applicable to the advertisement service described in the third embodiment and the like, the message board memory of the ninth embodiment can be provided. For example, when a user having a certain owner node holds an event related to his/her own business, a message board that informs about the content of the event is installed at a specific place near the place where the event is held. , Install (print, etc.) a memory (message board memory) for the event on the message board. As a result, when a passerby passes through the place and sees the message board, he/she is interested in the event, and by reading the message board memory, the message board memory relating to the event is recorded as the my memory of the passerby. You can get it done. This allows the passerby to retrieve the event information via the message board memory when he or she wants to remember the event at any later time and wants to confirm the content. ..

As a result, when a plurality of users install such a message board, a passerby records the message board memory for each of a plurality of events near the place, so that the contents of the plurality of events (date and time of the event) , Places, etc.) can be viewed. In addition, this allows the user to create an article (described above) corresponding to the notice text (message) regarding the event on his/her profile page, and the letter of the article is set to It can also be sent to the recorder of the owner node of.

At this time, for example, the administrator system can also be configured to require, for example, the permission of the person who recorded the message board memory to send a letter for such message board memory, in which case the user In order to send the above letter, it is necessary to request permission from the person (via the administrator system), obtain the person's permission, and then send the letter. That is, the article of the event can be configured not to be transmitted (and posted) to the information terminal device or the like of the person unless the person permits it.

This allows the admin system to see how many people have accessed at a particular location (ie how many people have recorded its message board memory) and how many people have favorited it. (That is, how many people have registered the message board memory as favorites after recording the message board memory), and the information can be used for the advertisement service (typically Can be sold to advertising companies as marketing information or statistical information). Then, the information can be used by an advertising company or the like to select a place to place an advertisement (for example, for an advertising service using artificial intelligence).

Also in this case, the inappropriate message memory or the node of the article (letter) (or the owner node of its owner) is deleted by using the deletion function (described in the first embodiment and FIG. 15 etc.). It can also be configured to do so.

[Application to DMO]
Further, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment can be applied to the tourist area development platform (DMO).

[Relationship between nodes and edges]
RDF (Resource Description Framework) is a unified framework for describing "resources" on the Web, standardized by the W3C, and specifically aimed to describe metadata, realizing the Semantic Web. It is one of the technical components for doing. As a metadata model defined by the RDF, relational information about a resource is expressed by three elements of a subject (Subject: “S”), a predicate (Predicate: “P”), and an object (Object: “O”). There is a model called a triple. In this triple, the subject is the resource to be described, the predicate indicates the characteristics of the subject and the relationship between the subject and the object, and the object is the value of the object or the predicate related to the subject.

The information providing system according to the ninth embodiment can define the relationship between the subject, predicate, and object of the RDF triple by using the relationship between the node and the edge, and the data suitable for computer processing on the Web. The same function (use of large-scale data called big data) can be realized as Linked Open Data (“LOD”), which is a generic term for technologies for publishing and sharing. That is, the relationship between the nodes can be described by the relationship between the subject, the predicate, and the object by the edge, and the big data can be created at a lower cost than the conventional system. Then, similar to the use of big data using artificial intelligence (AI) in the Semantic Web, by combining edges with each other, it is possible to use edges to make their relationship (connection) meaningful. .. That is, by assigning an attribute to a node and an attribute to an edge (link), it is possible to describe the relationship between the subject, the predicate, and the object between a certain node and another node.

[Node type]
The node type includes an owner node, a root node and a service node.

[Service node (flag)]
The service node (service_node) becomes "1" when the store is looking (when the memory is recorded). That is, it is set to "1" when the service starts. Even if the product is registered, the service node is maintained as "0" by itself.

[Owner node (flag)]
The owner node (owner_node) is "0" before logging in, and when the user logs in for the first time and connects to the information providing system (correctly, the memory is read for the first time, the connection to the administrator system is successful, The initial value is set to "1" (when the initial screen is displayed).

Service key
The service key (service_key) is a key for the user to log in to the menu of the information management system.

[Edge type]
Edge types include records (memory), owners, creators, promoters, organizers and participants.

[Node table]
The node table is self-referenced and all relationships are aggregated in the node table.

[Add-on (add_on) table]
The administrator DB 4230 can be provided with an add-on table. This table is a table in which an add-on ID (addon_id) for providing a product cart function is associated with a certain node. By purchasing the product cart function, a relation is formed between the node table and the add-on table.

[Profile page]
If you register as a user, you can create your own profile page (web page).

[Operation and Effect of Information Providing System of Embodiment 9]
As described above, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment uses various memories corresponding to the physical bookmarks described in the first embodiment and the like for bookmarking the real world (real world). .. As a result, conventionally, as a problem related to sales promotion of products in retail stores, it is difficult to build a relationship with consumers until the consumers can know in detail about their own stores and their products, if possible. However, it is possible to reliably solve problems such as transmitting information in a highly effective direction, direct mail (DM) and media advertisement are costly and labor-intensive, and even if DM is sent, the reaction is weak. In addition, the information providing system according to the ninth embodiment solves the conventional problems and continuously approaches the passing consumers (potential customers and customers including potential customers and existing customers). Therefore, it is possible to increase the chances of purchase, eliminate the need for costly DM, and easily send messages and event information.

100, 1100, 2100, 4100: Administrator system 200, 2200: Main user system 300, 2300: Subordinate user system 400, 2400: Physical medium providing area 500: Information viewer terminal 4200, 4200A, 4200B: User terminal apparatus

Claims (13)

A one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, local to implement local ID is a unique identifier for identifying the object, a function for issuing assigned to each of the objects in the computer ID issuing means,
The local ID issued for each object is stored in the database in association with the URI of the attribute information unique to the object, and as the URI, at least an external URI that is a URI related to an external system is stored in the database. A first storage means for causing a computer to realize the first storage function;
When the information browsing person reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of the information browsing terminal which is a computer device for browsing information, the local ID is associated with the information browsing person and stored in the database. Second storage means for causing a computer to realize a second storage function for storing;
Based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is provided for each local ID, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reading unit. A first display means for causing a computer to realize a first display function of displaying the information on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer;
When the information viewer selects and executes the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal, a second display function for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal is provided. An information providing system comprising: a second display unit realized by a computer. A one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, local to implement local ID is a unique identifier for identifying the object, a function for issuing assigned to each of the objects in the computer ID issuing means,
A first storage unit that causes a computer to realize a first storage function of storing a local ID issued for each object in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object;
When the information viewer accesses the database for the first time by using the information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for viewing information, the guest key unique to the information viewer is given and the guest key is used to view the information. Guest key storage means for causing a computer to realize a guest key storage function of storing in the database in association with a person,
When the information reader associated with the guest key reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal, the local ID is referred to by the guest key of the information viewer. A second storage unit that causes a computer to realize a second storage function of storing the database in association with the information viewer.
Based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is provided for each local ID, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reading unit. A first display means for causing a computer to realize a first display function of displaying the information on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer;
When the information viewer selects and executes the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal, a second display function for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal is provided. An information providing system comprising: a second display unit realized by a computer. A one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, local to implement local ID is a unique identifier for identifying the object, a function for issuing assigned to each of the objects in the computer ID issuing means,
A first storage unit that causes a computer to realize a first storage function of storing a local ID issued for each object in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object;
When the information viewer reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for viewing information, accesses the database for the first time and logs in, the information viewer is unique to the information viewer. The first table is created, and its local ID is stored in the first table, and when the information viewer accesses the database and logs in for the second time or later, the information viewer is unique to the information viewer. The local ID stored in the first table is stored in the first table as an owner ID unique to the information viewer, and the computer realizes an identification function for uniquely identifying the information viewer as the owner. Identification means to
When the information reader in which the first table is created reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading unit of the information viewer terminal, the local ID is associated with the information viewer, Second storage means for causing a computer to realize a second storage function of storing in a database;
Based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is given for each local ID, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reading unit. A first display means for causing a computer to realize a first display function of displaying the information on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer;
When the information viewer selects and executes the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal, a second display function for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal is provided. An information providing system comprising: a second display unit realized by a computer. Further, the first storage unit associates a second ID, which is an ID for identifying the type of the plurality of types of objects having the different attributes, with the local ID for each of the plurality of types of objects having the different attributes. Stored in the database,
The second storage unit stores the local ID in the database in association with the information viewer when the information reader reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading unit. Stores the ID in the database in association with its local ID,
The first display means, after the information viewer has read the local ID by the ID reading means, in response to a request from the information viewer, the title related to the URI associated with the local ID is displayed. While browsing the information of the viewer on the terminal of the viewer, referring to the second ID associated with the local ID, the title related to the URI is classified according to the type of the object related to the local ID, and the information is viewed. The information providing system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the information is displayed on an information viewer terminal of the person. The local ID issuing means has, as the plurality of types of objects having different attributes, at least a first object having an attribute related to a person, a second object having an attribute related to a person, and a third object having an attribute related to that. The information providing system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the one type of local ID is assigned and issued to an object including a fourth object having a location-related attribute. .. The second storage means allows the information viewer to select whether or not to bookmark the object as a favorite after the local ID of the object is read by the ID reading means, and the information viewer may select the object. Only when the user selects bookmark registration as a favorite, a bookmark registration function of bookmarking the object in the database , and the local ID of the object read by the information reader by the ID reading unit, With a browsing history storage function to store as a browsing history in the database , a computer realizes any one of the functions ,
The first display means has a first list display function for displaying a list of titles related to URIs of objects bookmarked in the database on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer, and a browsing history stored in the database. 2. The computer is caused to realize any one of the second list display function of displaying the title related to the URI of the object of the object on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer. The information providing system according to any one of 5 above. Further, after the information viewer reads the local ID of the one object and stores the local ID of the one object in the database by the second storage means, the local ID is different from the local ID of the one object. Storing, in the database , link information representing a relationship between the local ID of the one object and the local ID of the other object when the local ID of the other object to which the ID is assigned is read. The information providing system according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a third storage unit that causes a computer to implement the storage function of 3. The information providing system according to claim 1, wherein the external URI is an external URL that uniquely identifies an existing external web page stored in a web server external to the information providing system. A one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, local to execute the local ID is a unique identifier for identifying the object, the process of issuing assigned to each of the objects in the computer ID issuing procedure,
The local ID issued for each object is stored in the database in association with the URI of the attribute information unique to the object, and as the URI, at least an external URI that is a URI related to an external system is stored in the database. A first storage procedure for causing a computer to execute the first storage processing;
When the information browsing person reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of the information browsing terminal which is a computer device for browsing information, the local ID is associated with the information browsing person and stored in the database. A second storage procedure for causing a computer to execute a second storage process for storing;
Based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is given to each of the local IDs, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reader is displayed. A first display procedure for causing a computer to execute a first display process displayed on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer;
A second display process for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal by the information viewer selecting and executing the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal A second display procedure to be executed by a computer. A one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, local to execute the local ID is a unique identifier for identifying the object, the process of issuing assigned to each of the objects in the computer ID issuing procedure,
A first storing procedure for causing a computer to execute a first storing process of storing a local ID issued for each object in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object;
When the information viewer accesses the database for the first time by using the information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for viewing information, the guest key unique to the information viewer is given and the guest key is used to view the information. Guest key storing procedure for causing a computer to execute a guest key storing process to store in the database in association with a person,
When the information reader associated with the guest key reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal, the local ID is referred to by the guest key of the information viewer. A second storage procedure that causes a computer to execute a second storage process of storing the database in association with the information viewer,
Based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is given for each local ID, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reading unit. A first display procedure for causing a computer to execute a first display process for displaying on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer,
A second display process for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal by the information viewer selecting and executing the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal A second display procedure to be executed by a computer. A one ID assigned to a plurality of types of objects having different attributes, local to execute the local ID is a unique identifier for identifying the object, the process of issuing assigned to each of the objects in the computer ID issuing procedure,
A first storing procedure for causing a computer to execute a first storing process of storing a local ID issued for each object in a database in association with a URI of attribute information unique to the object;
When the information viewer reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means of the information viewer terminal, which is a computer device for viewing information, accesses the database for the first time and logs in, the information viewer is unique to the information viewer. The first table is created, and its local ID is stored in the first table, and when the information viewer accesses the database and logs in for the second time or later, the information viewer is unique to the information viewer. The local ID stored in the first table is stored in the first table as an owner ID peculiar to the information viewer, and the computer is subjected to identification processing for uniquely identifying the information viewer as the owner. Identification procedure to
When the information reader in which the first table is created reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading unit of the information viewer terminal, the local ID is associated with the information viewer, A second storage procedure for causing a computer to execute a second storage process of storing in a database;
Based on the local ID and the URI stored in the database, a link to the URI is provided for each local ID, and a title related to the URI associated with the local ID read by the information reader by the ID reading unit. A first display procedure for causing a computer to execute a first display process for displaying on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer,
A second display process for displaying attribute information unique to the object on the information viewer terminal by the information viewer selecting and executing the URI link of the object displayed on the information viewer terminal A second display procedure to be executed by a computer. Further, the first storing procedure associates a second ID, which is an ID for identifying the type of a plurality of types of objects with different attributes, with the local ID for each of a plurality of types of objects with different attributes. Stored in the database,
In the second storage procedure, when the information reader reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means, the local ID is stored in the database in association with the information viewer, and Stores the ID in the database in association with its local ID,
In the first display procedure, after the information viewer has read the local ID by the ID reading means, the title associated with the URI associated with the local ID is displayed in response to the request from the information viewer. While browsing the information of the viewer on the terminal of the viewer, referring to the second ID associated with the local ID, the title related to the URI is classified according to the type of the object related to the local ID, and the information is viewed. The information providing system according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the information is displayed on an information viewer terminal of the person. In the second storage procedure, after the information viewer reads the local ID of the object by the ID reading means, the information viewer selects whether to bookmark the object as a favorite, and the information viewer selects the object. Bookmark registration processing for bookmarking the object in the database only when the user selects bookmark registration as a favorite, and all the local IDs of the objects read by the information reader by the information reader, A browsing history storing process of storing the browsing history in the database , and causing the computer to execute one of the processes ,
The first display procedure is a first list display process for displaying a list of titles related to URIs of objects bookmarked in the database on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer, and a browsing history stored in the database. 10. The computer is caused to execute any one of the second list display processing of displaying the title related to the URI of the object of (1) on the information viewer terminal of the information viewer. 12. The information providing method according to any one of 12.

Images